![]()

## a n n u a l

r e p o r t   a n d

## a c c o u n t s

2 0 2 4

![]()

Hansard is a specialist long-term savings provider that has

been providing innovative financial solutions for international

clients since 1987. We focus on helping financial advisors and institutions to

provide their clients (individual and corporate

investors) with saving and investment products in secure life

assurance wrappers to meet long-term savings and

investment objectives.

We administer assets in excess of £1 billion for just under

40,000 client accounts located in up to 155 countries.

![]()

1

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts

# For the year ended 30 June 2024

#### Chairman’s Statement

The Chairman reviews our performance, and the relevant issues

affecting our business and how we operate.

Chairman’s Statement  2

#### Strategic Report

A narrative review of the Group’s performance that includes an

overview from the Chief Executive and details of our business.

You can also find out about our approach to risk management.

Group Chief Executive Officer’s Overview  4

Our Business Model and Strategy  8

Key Performance Indicators  11

Business and Financial Review  12

Risk Management and Internal Control  20

#### Governance Information

In this section you can find out more on our Directors’

background and experience, their specific responsibilities in

relation to the Annual Report and Accounts, the key parts of our

governance framework and how it was implemented during the

year as well as reports from the various Board committees.

Board of Directors  28

Directors’ Report  30

Directors’ Responsibilities  35

Corporate Governance Report  36

Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

Financial Disclosures Report 2024  46

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee  62

Report of the Nominations Committee  64

Report of the Remuneration Committee  66

#### Financial Information

The Group’s IFRS financial statements which include detailed

analysis of the Group’s performance, assets and liabilities. You

will also find the Company’s financial statements in this section.

Independent Auditor’s Report  73

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  80

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  81

Consolidated Balance Sheet  82

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement  83

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  84

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity  107

Parent Company Balance Sheet  108

Parent Company Cash Flow Statement  109

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements  110

#### Shareholder Information

Further information for shareholders such as our financial

calendar and how to get in touch.

Other Information  116

Glossary  119

Financial Calendar  121

Contacts and Advisors  122

![]()

2

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Chairman’s Statement

#### Philip Kay

I am pleased to present the Group’s annual report for the financial year ended 30 June 2024.

Whilst the external environment for new business remains challenging, we have continued to invest and position our

business for the long-term and have successfully progressed key strategic and tactical initiatives during the year.

These include the launch of our new portfolio bond through Hansard Worldwide in January, and the signing of the

distribution agreement with Guardian Japan Kabushiki Kaisha (“Guardian”) in June, two initiatives that will position

the Group for future growth. In addition, the implementation of our new policy administration system was completed

during March, representing the culmination of a major strategic initiative that we expect to benefit our

policyholders, distribution partners, and Group performance through enhanced operational

efficiency, increased scalability, and cost savings.

We have developed two new regulated products for the Japanese

domestic market, available to Japan resident investors looking to

access a wide range of international funds via our award-winning

online platform. The Board and I remain confident in the future

opportunities for the business.

Graham Sheward retired from the Board with effect from

2 August. I thank Graham for his time with the Group,

during which significant progress was made with the

achievement of long-standing strategic objectives, and

I wish him the very best for the future. Thomas Morfett

has accepted the role of Chief Executive Officer, and

the Board is in advanced discussions with a strong

candidate for the role of Chief Financial Officer.

Christine Theodorovics stepped down from the

Board on 29 February following her appointment

as CEO of Baloise Luxembourg, and I would like to

thank Christine for her advice and candour during

her tenure.

The Company is committed to increasing

diversity at board level. Supported by an

independent executive search firm we

are in the process of appointing two

experienced female Independent

Non-executive Directors to the

Board. The first appointment is

Noel Harwerth OBE, who was

appointed to the Board on 23

September, and we expect

to announce the second

appointment later in the

calendar year.

![]()

3

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

The Group remains well capitalised to meet the

requirements of regulators, contract holders,

intermediaries and other stakeholders.

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

#### Financial Performance

Our IFRS profit before tax for the year was £5.3m, down from £5.9m

in 2023.

Fees and commissions increased by £3.1m to £48.8m for the year

(2023: £45.7m), with improved transactional income in Hansard

International and Hansard Worldwide.

Returns on group investments improved to £4.7m for the year (2023:

£3.5m) as a result of the Group increasing its focus on cash and

liquidity management.

Administrative and other expenses were £33.3m for the year,

compared to £29.0m in 2023, as the Group positions itself for future

growth and development.

Further detail and analysis are contained in the Business and

Financial Review on pages 12 to 19.

#### New Business

New business for the 2024 financial year was £77.8m (using the

PVNBP metric), down 9.2% from £85.7m in 2023. Going forwards,

our refreshed product portfolio will present new opportunities for the

business to increase sales.

We are continuing to pursue further opportunities to improve new

business levels as outlined in the Business and Financial Review.

#### Capitalisation and Solvency

The Group remains well capitalised to meet the requirements of

regulators, contract holders, intermediaries, and other stakeholders.

On a risk-based capital basis, total Group Free Assets in excess

of the Solvency Capital Requirements of the Group were £39.4m

(2023: £44.6m), a coverage of 149% (2023: 156%). We have

maintained our prudent investment policy for shareholder assets,

which minimises market risk and has provided a stable and resilient

solvency position over many years and economic cycles.

#### Dividends

The Board has resolved to pay a final dividend of 2.65p per share

(2023: 2.65p). In making this decision, the Board has carefully

considered its current and future cash flows, the risks and potential

impact of the global economic situation, the outlook for future

growth and profitability and the views of key stakeholders, including

shareholders and regulators.

The dividend is subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting.

If approved, this will represent total dividends for the financial year

of 4.45p per share (2023: 4.45p). Upon approval, the final dividend

will be paid on 14 November 2024. The ex-dividend date will be 3

October 2024 and the record date will be 4 October 2024.

#### Looking forward

The Company’s investment in new systems and products which

are focused on satisfying customer needs delivered higher sales

in the second half of the financial year ended 30 June 2024, and

we expect to see a continuation of this increased demand for our

products in the year to 30 June 2025. This will position the Group

well for the future. While we will maintain our focus on targeted cost

savings to offset the impact of inflation and increased depreciation,

we do expect to see a short-term decline in the Group’s IFRS profit

next year. The Company’s solvency, however, is forecast to remain

strong. Further detail is contained in the Future Prospects section on

page 15.

Philip Kay

Chairman

25 September 2024

![]()

4

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Group Chief Executive Officer’s Overview

#### Thomas Morfett

I am delighted to present my first report as Group CEO. We have delivered stable financial results for the year despite

continued economic headwinds and challenges with our target markets. We have continued to maximise returns on Group

cash and have positioned the business for future growth through controlled expenditure on strategic initiatives.

In March we successfully completed the implementation of our policy administration system which we expect to deliver

efficiency gains and costs savings in future.

We announced in June that Hansard International has signed a distribution agreement with Guardian in Japan. This

represents an important initial step in the realisation of our long-term strategy associated with our Japanese investment

management licence and is testament to the dedication and perseverance of our staff and colleagues around the world.

Guardian is led by a management team with a wealth of experience in Japan and will promote and distribute our two new

Japanese-regulated products to the domestic market via our award-winning

online platform. We will continue to focus on revitalising our product

pipeline following the launch of our new portfolio bond through

Hansard Worldwide earlier this year.

The company has maintained tight control of operational

costs during the period, while targeting spending on

future strategic initiatives. Cost savings are expected to

be achieved from the efficiencies introduced by the new

system during the upcoming financial year, although

these will be partially offset by the amortisation of costs

associated with the development of the system. We have

been able to maintain the quantum of the dividend we

pay to shareholders, whilst building the foundations for

future growth in our business.

At the October 2023 International Investment awards,

we received further recognition for the level of

service provided to our clients and advisers with

the Excellence in Client Service (Africa region) and

Excellence in Fintech awards.

I would like to thank the Executive Committee

and Hansard Group colleagues, who have

demonstrated a high level of determination and

purpose to progress and deliver on our key

strategic and tactical initiatives this year.

During this challenging period our employee

engagement results have remained

broadly consistent which is testament

to our people and their resilience.

Whilst we are beginning to see the

fruit of our work there remains

much to do, and I am committed

to continuing the journey with

my colleagues throughout the

Group.

![]()

5

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Results for the Year Under Review

I draw your attention to the following items below. Additional

information is contained in the Business and Financial Review on

pages 12 to 19

1.  New Business Distribution

New business for the 2024 financial year was £77.8m (using the

PVNBP metric), down 9.2% from £85.7m in FY 2023. Despite the

year-on-year reduction in new business, more PVNBP was sold

during the second half of the year than the first, up 14.9% from

£36.2m to £41.6m, reflecting increased sales of single premium

business following the launch of the new portfolio bond in January.

This is the first half-year on half-year increase in PVNBP since the

second half of 2021. We continue to pursue opportunities to improve

levels of new business as outlined in the Business and Financial

Review.

2.  Operational, Business and Financial Risks

Our business model involves the acceptance of risk on a managed

and controlled basis. The Group’s Enterprise Risk Management

(“ERM”) Framework continues to provide for the identification,

assessment, management, control and reporting of current and

emerging risks, recognising that systems of internal control can

only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against

material misstatement or loss. The Group’s internal control and risk

management processes have operated satisfactorily throughout

the year under review, with the benefit of iterative enhancements as

we continue to embed our approach and benefit from the relative

maturity of the ERM Framework.

2.1  Litigation Risk

As explained more fully in the Business and Financial Review, we

continue to manage complaints and litigation arising from our closed

book, Hansard Europe dac, where the assets linked to contracts

written before 2014 have fallen in value or become illiquid. Hansard

does not and did not give investment advice and was not therefore

party to the selection of policy assets, and we maintain that such

claims have no merit against Hansard.

As at 30 June 2024, the Group had been served with writs with a

cumulative net exposure totalling €24.3m, or £20.6m in sterling

terms (30 June 2023: €26.1m / £22.4m) arising from contract holder

complaints and other asset performance-related issues.

3.   Hansard OnLine

Our award-winning technology ‘Hansard OnLine’ (used by

independent financial advisers (“IFAs”)) and ‘Online Accounts’ (used

by clients) are key aspects of our proposition and an integral part

of the Group’s operating model that allows us to better service

IFAs and clients, embed process efficiencies and be flexible in

operational deployment.

In March 2024, Hansard OnLine and Online Accounts were

successfully migrated to a new system environment, marking the

culmination of a major strategic objective that enables us to build on

an already award-winning, online proposition. In addition, the new

platform will be central to the development and quick deployment

of new, products going forwards. Further information concerning

Hansard OnLine is set out in the Business and Financial Review on

pages 12 to 19.

4. Operating Cash Flows and Dividends

The Group generates operating cash flows to fund investment in

the business, new business origination and to support dividend

payments.

As outlined in the Cash Flow analysis section of the Business

and Financial Review, the Group generated £3.0m in overall net

cash inflows before dividends (2023: outflows of £1.6m), after

commission and other new business acquisition costs of £8.1m

(2023: £8.5m) and the investment of £3.9m (2023: £6.6m) in IT

software and equipment expenditure. Dividends of £6.1m were paid

in the financial year (2023: £5.9m).

A final dividend of 2.65p per share has been proposed by the

Board and will be considered at the Annual General Meeting on 13

November 2024. If approved, this will represent total dividends for

the financial year of 4.45p per share (2023: 4.45p).

#### Financial Performance

#### Results for the Year

Financial performance is summarised as follows. A detailed review

of performance is set out in the Business and Financial Review that

follows this report.

2024 2023

£m £m

New business sales – PVNBP    77.8  85.7

IFRS profit before tax    5.3  5.9

Underlying IFRS profit    8.5  7.4

Assets under Administration    1,150.9  1,101.5

Value of In-Force (regulatory basis)    110.8  124.4

![]()

6

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Group Chief Executive Officer’s Overview continued

#### Thomas Morfett

#### IFRS Results

IFRS profit before tax for the year was £5.3m, compared with £5.9m

in 2023. After eliminating litigation and non-recurring items, as

shown on page 13, the underlying IFRS profit (a non-GAAP metric)

was £8.5m, up from £7.4m in 2023.

Fees and commissions were £48.8m for the year (2023: £45.7m).

Fees from Hansard International and Hansard Worldwide were up

£2.9m to £46.5m from 2023, reflecting an increase in activity-based

fees. Income from our closed book, Hansard Europe dac, increased

marginally on the prior year.

Returns on group investments increased to £4.7m (2023: £3.5m)

as the Group took advantage of continued higher yields on bank

deposits.

Administrative and other expenses were £33.3m for the year,

compared to £29.0m in 2023, as we have targeted additional

investment to provide capacity and capability for growth.

Origination costs to acquire new business of £16.1m is marginally

down on the 2023 result (£16.2m). Origination costs incurred in

the year in respect of new business decreased to £10.3m (2023:

£11.5m). Net amortisation of deferred origination costs increased to

£5.8m (2023: £4.7m).

Further details and analysis are contained in the Business and

Financial Review on pages 12 to 19

#### Capitalisation and Solvency

Our key financial objective is to ensure that the Group’s solvency

is managed safely through the economic cycle to meet the

requirements of regulators, contract holders, intermediaries, and

shareholders. The Group continues to be well capitalised.

Under risk-based capital methodologies, total Group Free Assets

in excess of the Solvency Capital Requirements of the Group

were £39.4m (2023: £44.6m), a coverage of 149% (2023: 156%).

Shareholder assets are typically held in a wide range of deposit

institutions, investment grade corporate bonds, and highly rated

money market liquidity funds. This prudent investment policy for

shareholder assets minimises market risk and has provided a stable

and resilient position over recent years.

#### Our People

Our people remain critical to our success, and I would like to

recognise and reiterate my thanks to each of my colleagues for their

continued commitment, flexibility, and resilience in managing both

our on-going day-to-day operations and our key strategic projects.

I have been delighted by the consistent level of engagement

seen within our programme of cultural change and look forward

to continuing in our goals of fostering an engaged and innovative

workforce to meet our ambitions and the expectations of our

stakeholders.

#### THE YEAR AHEAD

The global economic situation remains challenging, with residual

pressures from high inflation and economic uncertainty continuing

to cause hesitancy amongst our target clients and with declining

interest rates expected to reduce opportunities for returns on

group investments in the coming year. We will continue to target

cost savings to help mitigate the impact of inflation in previous

years, along with the impact of increased depreciation costs. Our

investment in new products and systems has delivered higher sales

in the second half of the year, and we expect to see increased

demand for our products focused on satisfying customer needs,

positioning us well for the future.

Thomas Morfett

Group Chief Executive Officer

25 September 2024

![]()

7

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

![]()

8

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Our Business Model and Strategy

#### Our Business Model and Strategy

Hansard is a specialist long-term savings provider that

has been providing innovative financial solutions for

international clients since 1987. We focus on helping

our customers with savings and investment products in

secure life assurance wrappers to meet their long-term

savings and investment objectives.

We administer assets in excess of £1 billion for just

under 40,000 client accounts around the world.

We believe that the following areas are fundamental for

the continued success of the Group:

■ Proposition enhancement, product improvement and

diversification of our distribution channels to enable generation

of significant flows of new business from identified target

markets.

■ Leveraging our policy administration system to drive business

efficiency.

■ Proactively managing our cash flows through the cycle to fund

the appropriate balance of investment in new business and

dividends.

■ Managing and mitigating our exposure to business risks.

■ Positioning ourselves to incorporate increasing levels of

regulation into our business model.

#### Business Model

The Company’s head office is in Douglas, Isle of Man, and its

principal subsidiaries operate from the Isle of Man, The Bahamas

and the Republic of Ireland.

Hansard International is authorised by the Isle of Man Financial

Services Authority and has a branch in Malaysia, authorised by the

Labuan Financial Services Authority, to support business flows from

Asian growth economies. The Company also has a branch in Japan

to support its Japanese proposition, which is authorised by the

Japanese Financial Services Agency. Through its relationship with

a local insurer in the UAE, Hansard International reinsures business

written in the UAE.

Hansard Worldwide underwrites international and expatriate

business around the world. It is authorised by the Insurance

Commission of The Bahamas.

Hansard Europe is authorised by the Central Bank of Ireland.

Hansard Europe ceased accepting new business with effect from 30

June 2013.

Our products are designed to appeal to affluent international

investors, institutions, and wealth-management groups. They are

distributed exclusively through independent financial advisers (IFAs)

and the retail operations of financial institutions.

Our network of Regional Sales Managers provides local language-

based support services to independent financial advisors in key

territories around the world, supported by our multi-language online

platform, Hansard OnLine.

#### Vision and Strategy

Our vision for the Hansard Group is:

“to share success with our clients by providing simple,

understandable and innovative financial solutions”.

To deliver this vision, client outcomes will be the central focus within

our business and, consequently, we will seek to evolve all aspects

of our products, processes, and distribution in order to constantly

improve.

Our talented people are the foundation of our business. We have

created an empowering culture, which values innovation, quality,

integrity, and respect.

Our strategy to improve, grow and future-proof our business will be

delivered through three key areas of strategic focus:

i.  Improve our business: We will improve customer

outcomes through the introduction of new and innovative

next generation products and services to improve our

competitiveness, focusing on the quality of the IFAs with

whom we work and continuing to drive the engagement of

our people within our business.

ii.  Grow our business: In recent years we established a new

life company in The Bahamas, and we have recently signed

a distribution agreement with Guardian to access the

Japanese domestic market. We will continue to seek out

opportunities for additional distribution channels in other

targeted jurisdictions in future.

iii.  Future-proof our business: We actively consider new and

innovative technologies, propositions, and business models.

It remains critical to support the online and digital needs of

our clients alongside improving organisational efficiency and

scalability.

#### Products

The Group’s products are unit-linked regular or single premium life

assurance and investment contracts which offer access to a wide

range of investment assets. The contracts are flexible, secure and

allow life assurance cover or other features depending upon the

needs of the client. The contract benefits are directly linked to the

value of assets that are selected by, or on behalf of, the client. The

Group does not offer investment advice. Contract holders bear the

investment risk.

![]()

9

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

We administer assets in excess of £1 billion for

just under 40,000 client accounts located around

the world

STRATEGIC REPORT

The Group’s products do not currently include any contracts

with financial options and/or guarantees regarding investment

performance and hence the Group carries no investment guarantee

risk that can cause capital strain.

As a result of high levels of service, the nature of the Group’s

products, the functionality of Hansard OnLine, and the ability of the

contract holder to reposition assets within a contract, we aim to

retain the contract holder relationship over the long term.

Contract holder servicing and related activities are performed by

Hansard Administration Services Limited, which is authorised by the

Financial Services Authority of the Isle of Man Government to act as

an Insurance Manager to insurance subsidiaries of the Group.

#### Revenues

The main sources of income for the Group are the fees earned from

the administration of insurance contracts. These fees are largely

fixed in nature and amount to £43.7m (2023: £40.5m). Approximately

30% of the Group’s revenues, under IFRS are based upon the value

of assets under administration.

From this income we meet the overheads of the business, invest

in our business, remunerate our distribution network, and pay

dividends.

#### Managing Risk

Risk can arise from a combination of macro events and company-

specific matters. In the external environment the ongoing

geopolitical position and active hostilities, combined with continued

economic uncertainties, cost of living pressures, accelerating

technological change, climate adaptation efforts and broader

societal vulnerabilities have the potential to cause significant

volatility to stock markets, foreign exchange markets, interest rates

and expense inflation and the capacity to impact our strategic

initiatives, business plans and operating resilience. We therefore

continue to maintain a robust, low risk balance sheet and remain

committed to iterative development and enhancement of our

enterprise risk management system and controls. We believe this

prudent approach to our governance, risk management and internal

arrangements remains appropriate to meet the requirements of

regulators, contract holders, intermediaries, and shareholders.

Further details of our approach to risk management, and

the principal risks facing the Group, are outlined in the Risk

Management and Internal Control Section at pages 20 to 27.

#### Hansard Online

Hansard is a regular recipient of numerous awards that recognise

our reputation for innovation, via the provision of market-leading

online platforms that are used daily by thousands of IFAs (‘Hansard

OnLine) and their clients (‘Online Accounts) around the globe.

In March 2024, Hansard OnLine and Online Accounts were

successfully migrated to a new system environment, marking the

culmination of a major strategic objective that enables us to build on

an already award-winning, online proposition. In addition, the new

platform will be central to the development and quick deployment of

new, future products.

Online Accounts

Thousands of existing Hansard clients access their own personal,

secure online account every year. Online accounts are mobile

friendly and have the capability to provide these clients with a

wealth of policy information, 24/7. In addition to other functionality

and benefits, clients can:

•  Track the performance of their policy online, with policy

valuations and contribution details at the touch of a button.

•  Access their online account with our new-look mobile and tablet

friendly platform, enabling access on the go, wherever they are

in the world.

•  Access their online account 24/7, safe in the knowledge that

their details are secure and protected.

•  Access a wealth of fund performance information, facilitating

better informed investment decisions in the future; and

•  Stay informed in a language that they understand, with Online

Accounts being available in over 13 different languages.

Excellent Customer Service

We strive to provide excellent customer service to our clients and

their IFAs. We have won several external awards over the years,

most recently in October 2023 when we won ‘Excellence in Client

Service - Industry (Africa region)’ and ‘Excellence in Fintech’ awards

from International Investment. We also maintained our five-star

rating for Customer Service by AKG Financial Analytics, in their 2023

review.

Cyber Security

Hansard has continued to invest in its cyber security infrastructure

with the implementation of a Security Operations Centre, operating

at an ISO27001 (Information Technology Security Standard)

standard, to provide further enhanced surveillance of our systems

and external threats.

STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT

Our current strategy has three main aims:

i)  To capitalise on near term strategic opportunities.

ii)  To ensure the Group is well positioned to respond and adapt

to regulatory change and development; and

iii)  To consider and plan for longer term industry and

technological evolution.

![]()

10

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Our Business Model and Strategy continued

During the past financial year, we have progressed our two most

significant near-term strategic initiatives:

•  implementation of our policy administration system, and

upgrading and streamlining our systems and IT infrastructure;

and

•  signing a distribution agreement with Guardian enabling us

to bring to market our locally licensed investment products in

Japan.

We continue to make progress with further development to refresh

our suite of products.

REGULATORY CHANGE

The Isle of Man Financial Services Authority “the Authority” has

continued to focus on its programme of transformational change

and commitment to driving regulatory effectiveness, maintaining a

robust regulatory environment, and keeping pace with international

standards. The Island’s reputation as a well-regulated and

internationally responsible jurisdiction remains of vital importance to

its competitive positioning in the global marketplace and maintaining

consumer confidence in the Island’s financial services sector. The

Authority’s strategic priorities are also closely aligned with the Isle of

Man Government’s vision to build a secure, vibrant, and sustainable

Manx economy.

The Authority’s revised Supervisory Methodology Framework

actively supports the achievement of its core regulatory objectives

namely the protection of customers, reducing financial crime and

maintaining confidence in the financial services sector. Supervisory

emphasis remains focused on the delivery of outcomes that

enhance the Island’s status and reputation and a high level of

compliance with international standards. Major milestones have

been enacted in recent years with the implementation of new risk-

based capital, conduct and governance regimes. The Authority’s

transition to a risk and impact-led supervisory model is testament to

its continued drive for better outcomes via consistent, proactive and

value-adding programmes of engagement, which deploy regulatory

resources in the most appropriate and efficient way.

Throughout the reporting period the Hansard Group has continued

its work to adapt to and embrace the intent and objectives of

regulatory change and development, working transparently with all

the Group’s regulatory bodies to shape our responses and embed

associated changes in strategy, policy, practice and culture.

![]()

11

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Key Performance Indicators

STRATEGIC REPORT

New Business – The Group’s internal indicator of calculating new business

production, Net Issued Compensation Credit (“NICC”) reflects the amount of base

commission payable to intermediaries, excluding override commission. Incentive

arrangements for intermediaries and the Group’s Regional Sales Managers

incorporate targets based on NICC (weighted where appropriate).

New business levels are reported daily and monitored weekly against target levels.

Net Issued Compensation Credit was £5.6m for the year, down £0.1m on 2023,

reflective of lower new business levels

Administrative Expenses (excl. litigation and non-recurring items) – The

Group maintains a rigorous focus on expense levels and the value gained from

such expenditure. The objective is to develop processes to restrain increases in

administrative expenses to the rates of inflation assumed in the charging structure of

the Group’s policies.

The Group’s administrative and other expenses for the year (excl. litigation and non-

recurring items) were £25.0m compared to £22.3m in 2023. Further detail is contained

in the section on Administrative and other expenses on page 15.

Cash – Bank balances and significant movements on balances are reported monthly.

The Group’s cash and deposits at the balance sheet date were £65.0m (2023:

£65.4m). Movements are reflective of cash earned from new and existing business,

commissions and expenses paid, investments in new systems, the level of inflight

transactions, and the dividends paid to shareholders.

Operational Resilience  – Maintenance of continual access to data is critical to the Group’s operations. This has been achieved throughout

the year through a robust infrastructure. The Group is pro-active in its consideration of threats to data, data security and data integrity.

Business continuity and penetration testing is carried out regularly by internal and external parties. Operational Resilience is further

evidenced by ongoing remote working as a normal business practice.

Risk Profile – The factors impacting on the Group’s risk profile are kept under continuous review. Senior management review actual and

emerging risks at least monthly. The principal risks faced by the Group are summarised in the Principal Risks section below.

Solvency – The Solvency Capital Requirement (”SCR”) of the Group and its’ subsidiaries is monitored frequently and reported to the Board.

The SCR as at 30 June 2024 is reported in Other Information on page 116.

65.0

0.0

20.0

40.0

60.0

80.0

100.0

2020 2021 2022 2023 2024

Total cash balances at 30 June

Total cash balances at 30 June

£m£m

£m

#### Key Performance Indicators

The Group’s senior management team monitors a wide range of Key Performance Indicators, both financial and non-financial, that are

designed to ensure that performance against targets and expectations across significant areas of activity are monitored and variances

explained.

The following is a summary of the key indicators that were monitored during the financial year under review.

NICC for the year ending

30 June

25.0

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

2020 2021 2022 2023 2024

Group admin and other expenses for

year ended 30 June

Lorem ipsum

Group Admin and other expenses

for year ended 30 June

![]()

12

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Business and Financial Review

New Business Performance for the

#### Year Ended 30 June 2024

The Group continues to focus on the distribution of regular and

single premium products in a range of jurisdictions around the world,

achieving well diversified new business growth.

New business performance for the year is summarised in the table

below:

2024 2023 %

Basis £m £m  change

Present Value of

New Business Premiums  77.8  85.7  (9.2%)

Annualised Premium Equivalent  10.4  12.7  (18.1%)

In Present Value of New Business Premiums (“PVNBP”) terms, new

business for the year to 30 June 2024 was £77.8m, 9.2% down on

the prior year. Despite the year-on-year reduction in new business,

more PVNBP was generated during the second half of the year than

the first, up 14.9% from £36.2m to £41.6m, reflecting increased

sales of single premium business following the launch of the new

portfolio bond in January. This is the first half-year on half-year

increase in sales measured with PVNBP since the second half of

2021. New business PVNBP in the second half of 2023 was £42.3m.

The Annualised Premium Equivalent (“APE”) measure shows a

decline of 18.1% from 2023 to £10.4m.

Present Value of New Business Premiums (“PVNBP”)

New business flows on the PVNBP basis for the Group are further

analysed as follows:

2024 2023  %

PVNBP by product type  £m  £m  change

Regular premium  44.2  55.7  (20.7%)

Single premium  33.6  30.0  11.9%

Total  77.8  85.7  (9.2%)

2024 2023  %

PVNBP by region  £m  £m  change

Middle East and Africa  32.4  42.4  (23.6%)

Rest of World  24.3  25.7  (5.8%)

Latin America  16.4  12.1  35.6%

Far East  4.7  5.5  (14.8%)

Total  77.8  85.7  (9.2%)

The launch of our new single premium proposition was well

received, and we saw an increase in business for this product over

the second half of the year that we expect to continue in future.

We expect the launch of new regular premium products through

our new distribution agreement with Guardian in Japan to lead to

improvements in regular premium sales in the current business

year. A refresh of our regular premium product range for the wider

distribution channels is also expected in the next financial year

which will further support and underpin our production for the year

ahead.

Activities around new business generation remain high as we work

with key IFAs around both existing and new opportunities. Several

new IFA relationships have already started producing business and

this work will continue in the current business year to expand further

our networks of distributors.

Our sales team is well positioned to drive IFA and product initiatives

to increase new business in future. This includes the development

and launch of new products for key target markets, updates and

improvements to existing products and continuation of system

developments to support our service and overall proposition.

Premium currencies remained relatively consistent year on year, with

the predominant currency being US Dollars:

Currency denominations    2024 2023

(as a percentage of PVNBP)    %  %

US dollar    85  87

Sterling 10 8

Euro 4 4

Other 1 1

100 100

![]()

13

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Presentation of Financial Results

Our business is long term in nature. The nature of the Group’s

products means that new business flows have a limited immediate

impact on current earnings reported under UK adopted international

accounting standards (“IFRS”), as initial fees and acquisition costs

from the contracts sold are mostly deferred and amortised over the

life of the contract. The benefit of sales to fee income levels are felt

in future financial periods, noting also that our newer products have

a longer earning period than our older products.

#### Results for the Year

The following is a summary of key items to allow readers to better

understand the results for the year.

IFRS profit before tax for the year was £5.3m, compared with £5.9m

in 2023. Increased fee income and higher investment returns have

been offset by an increase in administration expenses.

Operating profit prior to litigation and non-recurring items was £8.5m

in 2024, up from £7.4m in 2023

#### Abridged Consolidated

#### Income Statement

The consolidated statement of comprehensive income presented

under IFRS reflects the financial results of the Group’s activities

during the year. This income statement however, as a result of

its method of presentation, incorporates a number of features

that might affect an understanding of the results of the Group’s

underlying transactions. These relate principally to:

■ Investment gains attributable to contract holder assets were

£114.4m (2023: £40.6m). These assets are selected by the

contract holder or an authorised intermediary, and the contract

holder bears the investment risk. They are also reflected within

‘Change in provisions for investment contract liabilities’ and

together have no net impact on IFRS profit.

■ Fund management fees are collected and paid onwards by the

Group to third parties having a relationship with the underlying

contract. In 2024 these were £5.1m (2023: £5.2m). These

are reflected on a gross basis in both income and expenses

under the IFRS presentation on page 80. Deducting the

£5.1m from £48.8m for fees and commissions and £33.3m for

administrative and other expenses in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income results in the figures of £43.7m and

£28.2m presented below.

An abridged non-GAAP consolidated income statement in relation to

the Group’s own activities is presented below, adjusted for the items

of income and expenditure indicated above.

2024 2023

£m £m

Fees and commissions attributable

to Group activities    43.7  40.5

Investment and other income   5.9 5.4

49.6  45.9

Origination costs    (16.1)  (16.2)

Administrative and other expenses

attributable to the Group, before

litigation and non-recurring items    (25.0)  (22.3)

Operating profit for the year before

litigation and non-recurring items    8.5  7.4

Litigation and non-recurring expense

items   (3.2)  (1.5)

Profit for the year before taxation    5.3 5.9

Taxation (0.1)  (0.2)

Profit for the year after taxation    5.2  5.7

#### Fees and Commissions

Fees and commissions for the year attributable to Group activities

were £43.7m, 7.9% higher than the 2023 total of £40.5m.

Contract fee income totalled £30.6m for the year, up £2.5m on

the 2023 comparative of £28.1m. Contract fee income includes

the amortised element of up-front income deferred under IFRS

and contract-servicing charges. Amortisation of deferred income

in Hansard International increased to £17.4m, whilst transactional

charges related to policyholder activity have increased to £13.2m

compared to last year. Immediately recognised fees, including

surrender charges from redemptions, decreased compared to

the prior year. This was reflective of lower levels of redemptions

compared to the prior year. Hansard Europe dac, which closed

to new business in 2013, saw a marginal increase in contract fee

income to £2.2m (2023: £2.1m) as a result of higher transactional

income and fund management fees.

Fund management fees accruing to the Group and commissions

receivable from third parties totalled £13.1m (2023: £12.4m). Such

fees are related directly to the value of assets under administration

and are affected by market movements, currency rates and

valuation judgements.

![]()

14

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Business and Financial Review continued

A summary of fees and commissions is set out below:

2024 2023

£m £m

Contract fee income    30.6 28.1

Fund management fees accruing

to the Group    8.3  7.7

Commissions receivable    4.8  4.7

43.7 40.5

Included in contract fee income is £17.4m (2023: £16.8m)

representing the amortisation of fees prepaid in previous years, as

can be seen in the analysis set out below:

2024 2023

£m £m

Amortisation of deferred income    1 7. 4   16.8

Income earned during the year    13.2  11.3

Contract fee income    30.6 28.1

#### Investment and Other Income

Investment income has improved to £5.9m as a result of the Group

ensuring that Group investments benefited from the higher interest

rates during the year, offset by lower foreign exchange profits on

revaluation of net operating assets.

2024 2023

£m £m

Bank interest and other income

receivable 5.5 4.5

Foreign exchange profits on

revaluation of net operating assets    0.4  0.9

5.9 5.4

#### Origination Costs

Under IFRS, new business commissions paid, together with the

directly attributable incremental costs incurred on the issue of a

contract, are deferred and amortised over the anticipated life of

that contract to match the longer-term income streams expected

to accrue from the contracts issued this year. Typical terms range

between 6 years and 16 years, depending on the nature of the

product. Other elements of the Group’s new business costs, for

example, salaries of sales staff, are expensed as incurred.

Origination costs incurred in 2024 have decreased by £1.2m to

£10.3m from the prior year. Origination costs were lower in line with

lower new business levels but offset by increased amortisation of

prior year balances.

2024 2023

£m £m

Origination costs – deferred to match

future income streams    8.2 8.8

Origination costs – expensed as incurred    2.1  2.7

Investment in new business in year    10.3 11.5

Amortisation of deferred origination

costs net of new deferrals    5.8  4.7

16.1  16.2

Amounts totaling £13.9m (2023: £13.5m) have been expensed to

match contract fee income earned this year from contracts issued in

previous financial years, as can be seen in the analysis below.

Summarised origination costs for the year were:

2024 2023

£m £m

Amortisation of deferred

origination costs    13.9 13.5

Other origination costs incurred

during the year    2.2  2.7

16.1  16.2

![]()

15

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

#### Administrative and Other Expenses

We continue to manage our expense base robustly to control

administrative expenses while supporting our strategic

developments and other new business growth activities with

targeted expenditure.

An analysis of administrative and other expenses is set out in notes

8 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements under IFRS. The

following summarises some of the expenses attributable to the

Group’s own activities, excluding the third-party fund management

fees collected and paid onwards by the Group to third parties having

a relationship with the underlying contract of £5.1m (2023: £5.2m).

2024 2023

£m £m

Salaries and other

employment costs    11. 3  10.6

Other administrative expenses    7.8  7.7

Professional fees, including audit    3.2 3.1

Recurring administrative and

other expenses    22.3 21.5

Growth investment spend    2.7 0.8

Administrative and other expenses,

excl. litigation and non-recurring

expense items    25.0 22.3

Litigation defence and settlement costs    2.5 1.4

Provision for doubtful debts    0.7 0.1

Total administrative and other expenses  28.2 23.8

Salaries and other employment costs have increased by £0.7m or

6.6% to £11.3m. Although average Group headcount decreased to

182 people (2023: 187 people), following the implementation of our

new policy administration system we have continued to develop the

platform to position our business for future growth, leading to some

previously deferred salary costs being recognised as expenses as

incurred, accounting for £0.6m of the increase. We also temporarily

strengthened our Client Services team following migration.

Other administrative expenses saw an increase of £0.1m to £7.8m

as a result of the amortisation of the new policy administration

system commencing with effect from 1 March (£0.5m), offset by

efficiency savings in underlying administrative expenses despite

persistent inflationary pressure.

Professional fees including audit increased by £0.1m to £3.2m

against the prior year. These costs include amounts totalling £0.9m

paid to the Group’s auditor (2023: £0.8m), £0.6m (2023: £0.5m)

for administration, custody, dealing, and other charges paid under

the terms of the investment processing outsourcing arrangements;

recruitment costs of £0.2m (2023: £0.2m), and costs of investor

relations activities of £0.2m (2023: £0.2m).

Growth investment spend increased to £2.7m and represents

internal and external costs to generate strategic opportunities for

further growth as we look to leverage the capability of our new

policy administration system. Following the implementation of the

system, smaller incremental developments are no longer deferred

and are recognised as expenses as incurred. The amount also

includes expenditure associated with developing and delivery of our

Japanese proposition and other new products.

Litigation defence and settlement costs represent those costs

(net of insurance recoveries) incurred in defending Hansard Europe

against writs taken against it, as described more fully in note 26

to the consolidated financial statements. Legal costs recovered

from insurers were £0.7m (2023: £0.1m). A litigation provision of

£0.4m has been recognised in the year, with the total balance of the

provision as at 30 June 2024 being £0.5m (2023: £0.1m).

Provision for doubtful debts in full of fees and other balances likely

to be irrecoverable from a set of primarily Hansard Europe legacy

funds which are in the process of liquidation.

#### Future Prospects

During 2025 the Group’s strategic priority will be to build on the

significant projects delivered in 2024. The launch of the new

portfolio bond in January and new Japanese proposition announced

in June, along with other products currently in development, present

significant new opportunities for sales. The second half of financial

year 2024 showed increased PVNBP compared to the first half

of the year for the first time since 2021, and we expect this trend

to continue as our new propositions gain momentum. It takes a

significant period of time for sales to generate a material change in

IFRS profits given the long-term nature of our business. Profits are

recognised over the life of the contracts, so new sales contribute

positively to profitability over a number of years.

The implementation of the new policy administration system

was a significant milestone for Hansard and has given the Group

the platform required for expansion in the coming years and will

facilitate a simpler approach to product development in future.

Following implementation of the system, we have commenced the

depreciation charges in the income statement. 2025 will be the first

financial year where we will see a full year’s depreciation charge,

which will amount to a cost of £1.6m. Although this will reduce the

published IFRS profit, the system development is no longer a cash

cost to the company, the investment already having been made. We

expect to be able to take actions over the course of financial year

2025 to deliver cost savings as a result of efficiencies arising from

the new system, with the impact on IFRS profit being realised mainly

from financial year 2026 onwards.

![]()

16

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Business and Financial Review continued

The business continues to make targeted investments in new

product offerings, to build on the product developments already

delivered, and to ensure the Group is well positioned for the future.

In financial year 2025, the Company expects to incur modest

development costs, which are expected to be expensed as incurred.

In recent years the Group has benefited from higher interest rates,

leading to increased return on shareholder investments; however,

declining interest rates in future may reduce these returns going

forward.

Considering the above factors, we expect a short-term decline in the

profitability of the Group measured using IFRS in financial year 2025;

however, the Group’s regulatory solvency cover, a key measure used

to assess dividend-paying capability, is calculated primarily on the

basis of non-IFRS measures and is expected to remain strong.

#### Cash Flow Analysis

The operational cash surplus (fees deducted from contracts and

commissions received, less operational expenses paid) for the year

was £10.9m (2023: £15.9m) as a result of increased operational

expenditure to position the business for future growth.

Writing new business, particularly regular premium business,

produces a short-term cash strain as a result of the commission

and other costs incurred at the inception of a contract. Annual

management charges offset this strain and produce a positive return

over time.

Future increases in new business levels can be funded where

necessary by the Group’s significant cash resources, but over

time as the level of contract holder assets is built up, the annual

management charges that are earned from the Group’s newer

products will become sufficient to sustain new business growth and

dividends.

During 2024, the Group invested £3.9m (2023: £6.6m) as part of

a project to replace its policy administration system. These costs

were capitalised as Intangible Assets on the Group’s consolidated

balance sheet as set out in note 13.

Net cash inflows before dividends were £3.0m (2023: outflows of

£1.6m), benefitting largely from £2.7m lower outflows during the

year as we completed the replacement of our policy administration

system. The prior year also includes an outflow of £5.0m into a bond

portfolio.

Overall Group cash and deposits have decreased from £65.4m to

£65.0m as at 30 June 2024, primarily driven by lower new business

as noted above.

The following non-GAAP tables summarise the Group’s own cash

flows in the year:

2024 2023

£m £m

Net cash surplus from operating activities   10.9 15.9

Interest received    4.2 3.0

Net cash inflow from operations    15.1 18.9

Net cash investment in new business    (8.1)  (8.5)

Purchase of property and

computer equipment    (3.9)  (6.6)

Net cash investment in bond portfolio    -  (5.0)

Corporation tax paid    (0.1)  (0.4)

Net cash inflow / (outflow) before dividends  3.0  (1.6)

Dividends paid    (6.1)  (5.9)

Net cash outflow after dividends    (3.1)  (7.5)

2024 2023

£m £m

Net cash outflow after dividends    (3.1)  (7.5)

Increase / (decrease) in amounts due

to contract holders    2.7  (0.6)

Net Group cash movements    (0.4)  (8.1)

Group cash and deposits - opening position  65.4  74.5

Effect of exchange rate changes    -  (1.0)

Group cash and deposits - closing position  65.0  65.4

The below table reconciles the key lines for the current year in the

above non-GAAP cash flow to the key lines in the consolidated cash

flow shown on page 83.

Consolidated

Non-GAAP  Cash Flow

Cash Flow   Statement

£m  £m

Net cash flow from operations before tax    15.1  6.2

Adjust for net movement in policyholder

financial assets and liabilities    - 4.8

15.1 11.0

Purchase of property and computer

equipment (tangible and intangible)   (3.9)  (3.9)

Corporation tax paid    (0.1)  (0.1)

Dividends paid    (6.1)  (6.1)

Net cash investment in business    (8.1) -

Increase in amounts due to

contract holders    2.7 -

Net movement in assets and liabilities

relating to contract holders    -  (1.3)

(5.4)  (1.3)

Net Group cash movements    (0.4)  (0.4)

![]()

17

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

Group Bank Deposits and

#### Money Market Funds

The Group holds its liquid assets in highly rated money market

liquidity funds and with a wide range of deposit institutions to

diversify counterparty risk. Deposits totalling £17.1m (2023: £13.2m)

have original maturity dates typically greater than 3 months and

are therefore excluded from the definition of “cash and cash

equivalents” under IFRS and are instead included within ‘Deposits

and money market funds’ in the consolidated balance sheet. The

following table summarises the total cash and deposits at the

balance sheet date.

2024 2023

£m £m

Money market funds and immediately

available cash    47.3 41.2

Short-term deposits with credit institutions  0.6 11.0

Cash and cash equivalents under IFRS    47.9 52.2

Deposits and money market funds    17.1  13.2

Group cash and deposits    65.0  65.4

#### Abridged Consolidated Balance Sheet

The consolidated balance sheet on page 82 presented under IFRS

reflects the financial position of the Group at 30 June 2024. As a

result of its method of presentation, the consolidated balance sheet

incorporates the financial assets held to back the Group’s liability to

contract holders and incorporates the net liability to those contract

holders of £1,150.9m (2023: £1,101.5m). Additionally, that portion

of the Group’s capital that is held in bank deposits is disclosed in

“cash and cash equivalents” based on original maturity terms, as

noted above.

The abridged consolidated balance sheet presented below, adjusted

for those differences in disclosure, allows a better understanding of

the Group’s own capital position.

2024 2023

£m £m

Assets

Deferred origination costs    112.1  117.8

Other assets    38.7  27.6

Bank deposits and money market funds    65.0  65.4

215.8 210.8

Liabilities

Deferred income    140.2 144.8

Other payables    54.7 44.2

195.0 189.0

Net assets    20.8 21.8

Shareholders’ equity

Share capital and reserves    20.8 21.8

Other assets include intangible assets, property, plant and

equipment and other receivables. Other payables include amounts

due to investment contract holders and other payables.

#### Deferred Origination Costs

The deferral of origination costs reflects that the Group will earn

fees over the long-term from contracts issued in a given financial

year. These costs are recoverable out of future net income from the

relevant contract and are charged to the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the life of each

contract.

The movement in value over the financial year is summarised below.

2024 2023

Carrying value   £m £m

At beginning of financial year    11 7. 8  122.5

Origination costs deferred during the year   8.2  8.7

Origination costs amortised during the year  (13.9)  (13.4)

112.1  117.8

#### Deferred Income

The treatment of deferred income ensures that contract fees are

taken to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in

equal instalments over the longer-term, reflecting the services to

be provided over the period of the contract. This is consistent with

the treatment of deferred origination costs. Deferred income at the

balance sheet date is the unamortised balance of accumulated initial

amounts received on new business.

The proportion of income deferred in any one year is dependent

upon the mix and volume of new business flows in previous years.

The Group’s focus on regular premium business means that these

fees are received over the initial period of the contract, rather than

being received up front, as is often the case with single premium

contracts.

The majority of initial fees collected during the year relates to

charges taken from contracts issued in prior financial years

demonstrating the cash generative nature of the business. Regular

premium contracts issued in this financial year will generate the

majority of their initial fees over the next 18 months on average.

The movement in value of deferred income over the financial year is

summarised below.

2024 2023

Carrying value   £m £m

At beginning of financial year    144.8 145.1

Initial fees collected in the year

and deferred    12.7  16.5

Income amortised during the year

to fees income    (17.4)  (16.8)

140.1 144.8

![]()

18

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Business and Financial Review continued

#### Contract Holder Assets Under

#### Administration

In the following paragraphs, contract holder assets under

administration (“AuA”) refers to net assets held to cover financial

liabilities, as analysed in note 17 to the consolidated financial

statements presented under IFRS. Such assets are selected by or

on behalf of contract holders to meet their investment needs.

The Group receives investment inflows to its AuA from single and

regular premium contracts which are offset by withdrawals, charges,

premium holidays affecting regular premium policies, and by market

valuation movements.

The majority of premium contributions are designated in currencies

other than sterling, reflecting the wide geographical spread of those

contact holders. The currency composition of AuA at the balance

sheet date is similar to the prior year, with 73% of AuA designated in

US dollar (2023: 71%) and 7% in euro (2023: 8%).

Certain collective investment schemes linked to customers’

contracts can from time to time become illiquid, suspended or be

put into liquidation. In such cases, the Directors are required to

exercise their judgement in relation to the fair value of these assets.

The cumulative impact on the balance sheet is not material.

The value of AuA at 30 June 2024 was £1,150.9m, 4.5% higher than

30 June 2023. Lower regular premiums and increased withdrawals

were offset by higher single premiums, and market and currency

movements as global stock markets rallied in the second half of the

year.

The following table summarises the movements in the year:

2024 2023

£m £m

Deposits to investment contracts –

regular premiums    74.4  86.1

Deposits to investment contracts –

single premiums    33.9 30.2

Withdrawals from contracts and charges    (173.3)  (147.7)

Effect of market and currency movements   114.4  40.6

Movement in year    49.4 9.2

Opening balance    1,101.5 1,092.3

Closing balance 1,150.9 1,101.5

The analysis of AuA held by each Group subsidiary to cover financial

liabilities is as follows:

2024 2023

Fair value of AuA at 30 June   £m £m

Hansard International    1,091.6  1,037.7

Hansard Europe    59.3  63.8

1,150.9 1,101.5

Assets to cover the financial liabilities of Hansard Worldwide are

held by Hansard International and therefore are included within

Hansard International’s total AuA.

Since it closed to new business in 2013, Hansard Europe’s AuA has

been declining broadly in line with expectations as contracts are

surrendered or mature.

#### Dividends

An interim dividend of 1.8p per share was paid in April 2024. This

amounted to £2.5m.

The Board has resolved to recommend a final dividend of 2.65p per

share (2023: 2.65p) for shareholder approval at the AGM. Subject

to approval at the AGM, this dividend will be paid on 14 November

2024 and will bring the total dividends in respect of the year ended

30 June 2024 to 4.45p per share (2023: 4.45p per share).

#### Complaints and Potential Litigation

Financial services institutions can be drawn into disputes in

cases where the performance of assets selected directly by or

on behalf of contract holders through their advisors fails to meet

their expectations. This is particularly relevant in the case of more

complex products distributed throughout Europe prior to 2014.

Even though the Group have never given any investment advice,

as this is left to the contract holder directly or through an agent,

advisor or an entity appointed at their request or preference, the

Group has been subject to a number of complaints in relation to the

performance of assets linked to contracts. Most of the cases have

arisen in Italy, with a smaller number in Belgium and Germany.

As at 30 June 2024, the Group had been served with writs with a

net cumulative exposure totalling €23.8m, or £20.2m in sterling

terms (30 June 2023: €26.1m / £22.4m) arising from contract holder

complaints and other asset performance-related issues. These are

disclosed as contingent liabilities in note 26 to the consolidated

financial statements. The decrease in contingent liabilities is

primarily due to a case with a potential exposure of approximately

£1.4m now being considered to be remote and thus outside the

scope of a contingent liability; there has also been a reduction in the

number of German cases.

![]()

19

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

During the year, the Group successfully defended eight cases

with net exposures of approximately £1.3m, five of which may be

appealed by the plaintiffs (2023: successfully defended fifteen cases

with net exposures of £1.9m). These successes continue to affirm

confidence in the Group’s legal arguments.

Our policy is to maintain contingent liabilities even where we

win cases in the court of first instance if such cases have been

subsequently appealed. This includes our largest single case in

Belgium.

We have previously noted that we expect a number of our claims

to ultimately be covered by our Group insurance cover. During

the year we recorded £0.7m in insurance recoveries in relation to

litigation expenses (2023: £0.1m). We expect such reimbursement

to continue during the course of those claims.

While it is not possible to forecast or determine the final result of

such litigation, based on the pleadings and advice received from the

Group’s legal representatives and experience with cases previously

successfully defended, we believe we have a strong chance of

success in defending these claims. Other than smaller cases

where, based on past experience, it is expected a settlement might

be reached, the writs have therefore been treated as contingent

liabilities and are disclosed in note 26 to the consolidated financial

statements. Where there is an established pattern of settlement for

a grouping of claims, a provision has been made for the remaining

exposures and included in note 20 ‘Provisions’, to the extent that

they can be reliably estimated.

#### Net Asset Value Per Share

The net asset value per share on an IFRS basis as at 30 June 2024

is 15.1p (2023: 15.9p) based on the net assets in the Consolidated

Balance Sheet divided by the number of shares in issue, being

137,557,079 ordinary shares (2023: 137,557,079).

![]()

20

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Risk Management and Internal Control

#### Risk Management and Internal Control

The Group continues to operate a comprehensive Enterprise Risk

Management Framework, reflective of the Board’s focus on effective

risk management as an integral element of corporate success.

The ERM Framework sets out the governance arrangements,

principles, guidelines, practices and standards for risk management

and internal control, which cumulatively ensure that the business

is robustly prepared to identify, understand, and navigate the

uncertainties and risks which it may encounter, and which can either

pose threats or offer opportunities. The ERM Framework ensures

that all such threats and opportunities, whether actual or emerging,

are identified, assessed, monitored, managed, and reported

using structured, consistent, and comprehensive methodologies,

which seek to embed risk management within strategic decision-

making and business planning activities and continuously shape

organisational values and culture. The maturity of the ERM

Framework and its capacity to respond quickly to emerging

risks and adapt to changes arising via the internal or external

environment, ensure that risk management and internal control

remain central to the Board’s oversight, direction and control of the

Group, compelling informed decision making and sound business

practices.

#### Approach

Having regard to the Financial Reporting Council’s ‘Guidance on

Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial and

Business Reporting’, the ERM Framework encompasses the

policies, processes, tasks, cultural attributes, behaviours, reporting

conventions, and other aspects of the Group’s environment, which

cumulatively:

■ Support the Board’s determination of the nature and extent of

the Group’s principal risks and the boundaries of risk appetite

governing the pursuit and achievement of strategic objectives.

■ Inform the Board’s understanding and assessment of existing,

evolving, and emerging risks, together with combinations of

those risks in the form of plausible stresses and scenarios,

which have the potential to threaten the Company’s business

model, future performance, solvency, liquidity, operational

resilience, regulatory standing, or reputation. This includes

analysis of the likelihood, impact, and time horizon over which

such risks, or combinations of risks, might emerge or crystallise

and determining how such risks should be managed or

mitigated to reduce their likelihood or impact.

■ Facilitate the effective and efficient operation of the Group

and its subsidiary entities by enabling a consolidated and

comprehensive approach to the management of risks across

the Group, with specific attention to aggregate impacts and

effects, enabling appropriate responses to significant business,

operational, financial, compliance and other risks to business

objectives, so safeguarding the assets of the Group.

■ Help to ensure the quality of internal and external reporting. This

requires the maintenance of proper records and processes that

generate a flow of timely, relevant, and reliable information from

within and outside the Group, enabling the Board to form their

own view on the effectiveness of risk management and internal

control arrangements through the regular provision of relevant

information and assurances.

■ Seek to ensure continuous compliance with applicable laws

and regulations as well as with internal policies governing the

conduct of business.

■ Drive the cultural tone and expectations of the Board in

respect of governance, risk management and internal control

arrangements and the delegation of associated authorities and

accountabilities.

The ERM Framework has been designed to be appropriate to the

nature, scale, and complexity of the Group’s business at both

corporate and subsidiary level. The ERM Framework components

are reviewed on at least an annual basis and refined, if necessary,

to ensure they remain fit for purpose in substance and form and

continue to support the Directors’ assessment of the adequacy and

effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control

systems. Such assessment depends upon the Board maintaining

a thorough understanding of the Group’s risk profile, including the

types, characteristics, interdependencies, sources, and potential

impact of both existing and emerging risks on an individual and

aggregate basis.

#### Risk Governance Arrangements

The Board retains ultimate responsibility for the ERM Framework

and its effective operation, and the Directors are responsible for

determining, evaluating, and controlling the nature and extent of the

risks which the Board is willing to accept across the spectrum of risk

disciplines. The Board has formally delegated certain responsibilities

in respect of internal controls and risk management to the Audit

and Risk Committee. These responsibilities are defined within the

Committee’s terms of reference and provide for a range of important

oversight and scrutiny protocols including:

■ Continuous review of the Group’s internal financial controls

(being the systems established to identify, assess, manage,

and monitor financial risks) and other internal control and risk

management systems relating to financial reporting.

■ Robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks facing

the Group, identified, and reported via established ERM

Framework components, and the provision of comfort to the

Board that risks are being managed and controlled within the

Board’s overall risk appetite.

■ Independent evaluation of the ERM Framework to confirm that

it remains adequate, effective, and proportionate to the nature,

scale and complexity of the risks inherent in the business.

During the year ended 30 June 2024 the Group Risk Forum (“GRF”)

has continued to champion the embedding of risk ownership,

![]()

21

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

ensuring responsibilities and accountabilities for risk management

and risk-based decision making are transparent and proactively

owned at all business levels. The value of effective, dynamic

interfaces between the governance, risk management and internal

control conventions of the ERM Framework and those constituting

the Group and subsidiary Own Risk and Solvency Assessment

(“ORSA”) cycles remains a core focus for the GRF.

The Group ORSA report reflects the cycle of ongoing activities

and arrangements which enable the Board and the Executive

Committee to properly assess and understand at a practical level

the short and long-term risks facing the Group and the capital

required to cover those risks, under both normal and stressed

conditions. The ORSA considers the major sources of risk that

the Group, or a subsidiary entity, may face under the principal and

subordinate risk designations of the ERM Framework. Both internal

and external risks are considered, together with emerging risks and

any risks associated with the Group’s systems of governance. The

ORSA includes capital, performance and strategic information and

provides management with key information for decision making.

The disciplines of the ERM Framework seek to coordinate risk

management in respect of the Group as a whole, including for

the purpose of ensuring compliance with capital adequacy

requirements, liquidity adequacy requirements and regulatory capital

requirements, in line with the Isle of Man Financial Services Authority

Risk-Based Capital Regime.

Governance, risk management and internal control protocols

remain structured upon a ‘three lines’ model, which determines how

specific duties and responsibilities are assigned and coordinated.

First line management are responsible for identifying risks, executing

effective controls, and escalating risk issues and events to the

Group’s Control Functions. The Group Risk and Compliance

Functions (Second line) oversee and work in collaboration with the

First Line, ensuring that the business is conducted in a manner

consistent with rules, limits, and risk appetite constraints. The

Group Internal Audit Department (Third line) provides independent

assurance services to the Board and the Executive Committee on

the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s governance, risk

management and internal control arrangements.

The ERM Framework seeks to add value through embedding risk

management and effective internal control systems as continuous

and developing processes within strategy setting, programme level

functions and day-to-day operating activities. The ERM Framework

also acknowledges the significance of organisational culture and

values in relation to risk management and their impact on the overall

effectiveness of the internal control framework.

#### Emerging Risks

The ERM Framework promotes the pursuit of its overarching

performance, information, and compliance objectives through focus

on five interrelated elements, which enable the management of risk

at strategic, programme and operational level to be integrated,

so that layers of activity support each other. The five interrelated

elements are defined as:

■ Management oversight and the control culture.

■ Risk recognition and assessment.

■ Control activities and segregation of duties.

■ Information and communication.

■ Monitoring activities and correcting deficiencies.

In addition to existing risks the ERM conventions, which support

delivery of the elements listed above, target emerging and evolving

risks using both top-down and bottom-up bases. The top-down

aspect involves the Board regularly analysing and evaluating

the nature and extent of the risks to which the Group is or may

be exposed, even where these may be difficult to assess and

quantify. The bottom-up approach involves the identification, review

and continuous monitoring of risk issues and emerging risks at

functional and divisional levels, with analysis and formal reporting

to the Group Risk Forum on a quarterly basis. This allows actions

to be developed or adapted on a timely basis and enables onward

analytical reporting to the Board. These arrangements ensure that

the Board remains aware of potential changes in risk profile on a

forward-looking basis and sensitive to the materiality of potential

impacts.

Stress and scenario testing is used to explore, assess, and quantify

emerging risks as well as to analyse and assess any changes

in existing aspects of the ‘Risk Universe’, which are monitored

via the ERM Framework. Such assessment and analyses use

both quantitative tests and qualitative assessments to consider

reasonably plausible risk events, including those stresses and

scenarios that could lead to failure of the business, approximated

to the range of impact types which can be envisaged. The results of

the stress and scenario testing are considered and explored by the

Group Risk Forum, the Audit and Risk Committee and the Board, as

necessary and appropriate.

The system of internal control is designed to understand, mitigate,

and manage, rather than eliminate risk of failure to achieve business

objectives, and seeks to provide reasonable, rather than absolute,

assurance against material misstatement or loss.

Review of Risk Management and

#### Internal Control Systems

The results of the risk management processes combine to facilitate

identification of the principal business, financial, operational and

compliance risks and any associated key risks at a subordinate

level. Established reporting cycles enable the Board to maintain

oversight of the quality and value of risk management and internal

control activities throughout the year and ensure that the entirety of

the governance, risk management and internal control frameworks,

which constitute the ERM Framework, are operating effectively and

as intended. These processes have been in place throughout the

year under review and up to the date of this report.

Independently of its quarterly and ad hoc risk reporting

arrangements the Board has conducted its annual review of the

effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and internal

![]()

22

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Risk Management and Internal Control continued

control systems including financial, operational and compliance

controls. This review is undertaken in collaboration with the Audit

and Risk Committee and is based upon analysis and evaluation of:

■ Attestation reporting from the key subsidiary companies of the

Group as to the effective functioning of the risk management

and internal control frameworks and the ongoing identification

and evaluation of risk within each subsidiary.

■ Formal declarations from Executive Managers, via quarterly

risk and control self-assessments, that risks falling under their

respective span of control are being managed and assessed

appropriately and key controls are working effectively and as

intended. Reporting must include progress updates on the

timely and effective delivery of Management Actions to address

any identified control weaknesses, in accordance with the

commitments recorded in the Group Risk Management Platform.

■ The cumulative results of cyclical risk reporting by senior and

executive management via the GRF, having regard to the ‘five

pillar’ structure of the ERM Framework, which drives analytical

reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee. Independent

assurance work by the Group Internal Audit Department to

identify any areas for enhancements to internal controls and

work with management to define associated action plans to

deliver them.

The Board has determined that there were no areas for

enhancement which constituted a significant weakness for the

year under review and the Directors are satisfied that the Group’s

governance, risk management and internal control systems are

operating effectively and as intended.

#### Financial Reporting Process

Integral to ERM monitoring and reporting arrangements are the

conventions which ensure that the Board maintains a continuous

understanding of the financial impacts of the Group failing to meet

its objectives, due to crystallisation of an actual or emerging risk,

or via the stress and scenario events, which the Board considers to

be reasonably plausible. This includes those stresses and scenarios

that could lead to a failure of the business. Planning and sensitivity

analyses incorporate Board approval of forecast financial and other

information. The Board receives regular representations from Senior

Executives in this regard.

Performance against targets is reported to the Board quarterly

through a review of Group and subsidiary companies’ results based

on accounting policies that are applied consistently throughout the

Group. Financial and management information is prepared quarterly

by the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and presented to the Board

and the Audit and Risk Committee. The members of the Audit and

Risk Committee review the interim financial statements for the half

year ending 31 December and the full financial year and engage with

the CFO to discuss and challenge the presentation and disclosures

therein. Once the draft document is approved by the Audit and Risk

Committee, it is reviewed by the Board before final approval by the

Board.

#### Outsourcing

The majority of investment dealing and custody processes in

relation to contract holder assets are outsourced under a formal

contract to Capital International Limited , a company authorised

by the Isle of Man Financial Services Authority and a member

of the London Stock Exchange. The contract is managed by a

dedicated Relationship Manager against a documented Service

Level Agreement, which includes Key Performance Indicators. CIL

is required to confirm quarterly that no material control weaknesses

have been identified in their operations; this is overseen via service

delivery monitoring performed by the Relationship Manager. Each

year CIL are required to confirm and evidence the adequacy and

effectiveness of their internal control framework through a formal

Assurance Report on Internal Controls, with an external independent

review performed in in 2023 and 2024.

Our core policy administration platform is provided as a Software

As A Service solution by Majesco. This covers all policy and advisor

administration as well as the provision of the Hansard Client and

Advisor online portals which support self-service administration.

Monthly service meetings are held with Majesco with a formal

annual review undertaken. Majesco also participates in scheduled

security tests and simulations. The Majesco system code is held in

escrow with the NCC Group, which supports contingency planning

in the event of a failure of a provider.

Manx Telecom provides our hosting services and core internet

connectivity, which supports several core infrastructure elements

such as our virtual desktops and servers. Manx Telecom data

centres operate to Tier 3 standard and are ISO 27001 accredited.

Monthly service meetings are held with Manx Telecom with a formal

annual review undertaken. Manx Telecom is an active participant in

scheduled security tests and simulations.

Risks Relating to the Group’s Financial and

#### Other Exposures

Hansard’s business model involves the controlled acceptance and

management of risk exposures. Under the terms of the unit-linked

investment contracts issued by the Group, the contract holder bears

the investment risk on the assets in the unit-linked funds, as the

policy benefits are directly linked to the value of the assets in the

funds. These assets are administered in a manner consistent with

the expectations of the contract holders. The Group maintains a

precise match between the investment assets held and the contract

holder liabilities, and so the market risk and credit risk lie with

contract holders.

The Group’s exposure on this unit-linked business is limited to the

extent that income arising from asset management charges and

commissions is generally based on the value of assets in the funds,

and any sustained falls in value will reduce earnings. In addition,

there are certain financial risks (credit, market, and liquidity risks)

in relation to the investment of shareholders’ funds. The Group’s

exposure to financial risks is explained in note 3 to the consolidated

financial statements.

![]()

23

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

The following table sets out the principal inherent risks that may impact the Group’s strategic objectives, profitability, capital position or resilience

and provides an overview of how such risks are managed or mitigated. The Board robustly reviews and considers its principal risks on at least a

quarterly basis and for the year ended 30 June 2024 has continued to consider specifically the likelihood, impacts and timescales within which

such risks might crystallise, together with assessment of contingent uncertainties and any emerging risks. No emerging risks have been identified

during the reporting period, which require disclosure additional to the principal risks described below.

#### Risk Risk factors and management

Distribution Risk:

Arising from poor execution or

poor governance of distribution

strategy, or the emergence of

events or conditions which

obstruct the achievement of

business plan targets, including

market changes, technological

advancement, loss of key

intermediary relationships or

competitor activity.

The business environment in which the international insurance industry operates is subject to continuous

change and development as new market and competitor forces come into effect, regulatory landscapes

evolve, and technological advancements are realised. Any failure by the Group to ensure that distribution

strategy is well planned, governed and executed can be expected to undermine competitive advantage

in commercially significant jurisdictions, or market segments, or the Group’s efforts to build and sustain

successful distribution relationships.

How we manage the risk:

•  Robust governance, risk management and internal control practices underpin the development

and formalisation of distribution strategy. Strategy revisions are designed to add additional scale to

the business, on a more diversified basis, through organic growth at acceptable levels of risk and

profitability.

•  Key Risk Indicators provide for continuous monitoring of marketplaces, competitor activity and

consumer sentiment by the Group Risk Forum and the early identification of emerging risks or threats.

Reporting protocols enable the rapid escalation of any adverse trends to the Audit and Risk Committee.

•  Stress and scenario modelling considers the consequences of production falling materially above or

below forecast new business levels. This allows the Board to ensure that forecasting and planning

activities are sufficiently robust and well targeted.

•  Continuous investment in and development of technology. During the reporting period we have

continued to maintain close contact with our distribution partners as new technological solutions were

deployed.

•  Investment in new markets and expansion of existing markets, developing new key distributor

relationships and new product development for specific markets and globally.

Market Risks:

Arising from major market

stresses or fluctuations in

market variables, resulting in

a fall in equity or other asset

values, currency volatilities or a

combined scenario manifesting.

Market risk remains an inherent element of the Group’s unit linked business and is continuously assessed

and monitored via the ERM Framework. This monitoring recognises the international nature of the Group’s

operations and the challenges which might emerge from a significant adverse currency movement over

a sustained period. Key risk indicators also assess the potential for balance sheet and profit reduction

impacts to emerge from a drop in equities, and the potential contagion effects for the broader risk portfolio.

Such contagion might include deferred impacts to profit through reduced sales activity, concentration risks

on fund holdings/underlying assets, and reduced incomes through increased lapse rates.

Simultaneously the Board recognises that socioeconomic vulnerabilities and prevailing uncertainties

associated with economic volatility might curb consumer appetite for the selection and purchase of

financial services products and the period over which business is retained. In addition, the Group

operates internationally and earns income in a range of different currencies, with the majority of premiums

denominated in USD, whilst the vast majority of its operational cost base is denominated in GBP. A

significant adverse currency movement over a sustained period remains a principal risk to the Group.

How we manage the risk:

•  The Board recognises that market volatilities and currency movements are unpredictable and driven by

a diverse range of factors and these risks are inherent in the provision of investment-linked products.

KRIs are established to monitor evolving and emerging indicators of adverse experience to enable the

triggering of management actions at the earliest opportunity.

•  The currencies of assets and liabilities are matched within set tolerances and certain expenses are

invoiced in US Dollars to match against US Dollar income streams.

•  Business plans are modelled across a broad range of market and economic scenarios and take

account of alternative commercial outlooks within overall business strategy. This promotes a greater

understanding of market and currency risk, the limits of the Group’s resilience and the range of possible

mitigating options.

•  Stress testing performed during the year ended 30 June 2024 assessed the impacts of reasonably

plausible market risk events and scenarios, including those resulting from macroeconomic challenges

driven by geopolitical instabilities, inflationary outlooks, uncertainties in commodity price and currency

volatilities.

•  The long-term nature of the Group’s products serves to smooth short term currency fluctuations.

However, longer term trends are monitored and considered in pricing models.

#### Principal Risks

![]()

24

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Risk Management and Internal Control continued

The Board believes that the principal risks facing the Group’s

earnings and financial position are those risks which are inherent

to the Group’s business model and operating environment. The

regulatory landscape continues to evolve at both a local and

international level and the risk management and internal control

frameworks of the Group must remain responsive to developments

which may change the nature, impact or likelihood of such risks, or

the time horizon within which they might crystallise.

#### Risk Risk factors and management

Credit Risk:

Arising from the failure or

default of a counterparty such

that the Group does not receive

cash flows or assets to which it

is entitled.

In dealing with third party financial institutions, including banking, money market and settlement, custody,

reinsurers and other counterparties, the Group is exposed to the risk of financial loss and potential

disruption of core business functional and operational processes.

Financial loss can also arise when the funds in which contract holders are invested become illiquid,

resulting in past and future fee income not being received. The failure of Independent Financial Advisors

(“IFAs”) can also result in loss where unearned commissions can be due back to the Group.

How we manage the risk:

•  The Group seeks to limit exposure to loss or detriment via counterparty failure through robust selection

criteria, minimum rating agency limits, pre-defined risk-based limits on concentrations of exposures

and continuous review of positions to identify, evaluate, restrict, and monitor various forms of exposure

on an individual and aggregate basis. These include robust selection criteria in respect of intermediaries

with whom we establish Terms of Business and ongoing monitoring in accordance with key risk

indicators and appetite tolerance limits.

•  During the reporting period we have continued to closely monitor geopolitical developments and

potential disruptions to international payment systems and capital markets arising from the extensive

sanctions in force in the context of the Russia-Ukraine conflict.

Liquidity and Cashflow Risk:

Arising from a failure to maintain

adequate levels of liquidity

and cashflow to meet financial

obligations under both planned

and stressed conditions.

If the Group does not have sufficient levels of liquid assets and cashflow to support business activities

or settle its obligations as they fall due, the Group may be in default of its obligations and may incur

significant sanction, loss, or cost to rectify the position.

How we manage the risk:

•  Shareholder and policyholder cash assets are invested in a prudent manner, in accordance with set

criteria, designed to mitigate liquidity and cashflow risk, including high quality Money Market Funds,

Fixed Deposits and Corporate Bonds.

•  The Treasury Working Group, which reports to the Investment Committee, oversees the day-to-day

investment of balances. The Investment Committee and Audit and Risk Committee are responsible for

setting the criteria used.

Legal and Regulatory Risk:

Arising from changes in the

regulatory landscape, which

adversely impact the Group’s

business model, or from a failure

by the Group, or one of its

subsidiary entities, to meet its

legal, regulatory or contractual

obligations, resulting in the

risk of loss or the imposition of

penalties, damages or fines

The scale and pace of change in regulatory and supervisory environments and expectations continue to

require efficient and effective ways to evidence and demonstrate how legal and regulatory obligations are

met, whilst compliance analytics and high-quality data driven insights are becoming increasingly important.

The direction of regulatory travel demands continued investment in the capacity, competence, and

capability of resourcing across all business areas, having regard to the extent of risk interdependencies

and the embedding of personal accountability regimes. The impacts associated with crystallisation

of a significant legal or compliance failing, including sanctions or judgments against Hansard entities,

financial penalties, public disclosures, reputational damage, restrictions on activities and other forms of

intervention, have been escalated by sea-changes in political landscapes and shifting supervisory attitudes

to regulatory effectiveness

The interpretation or application of regulation over time may impact market accessibility, broker

relationships and / or competitive viability. If the Group fails to monitor the legal and regulatory environment

or adequately integrate the management of associated obligations within strategic, business model or

business planning processes there may be material risk to the achievement of strategic objectives both in

the short and longer term.

How we manage the risk:

•  Robust strategic planning processes informed by analytical review of the external environment and

consideration of associated risk in the short and longer term.

•  Continuous monitoring and review of developments in international law and regulation and proactive

management of how such developments might shape jurisdictional specific reaction.

•  Active and transparent engagement with regulatory authorities and industry bodies on a multi-

jurisdictional basis, including active engagement in and responding to regulatory consultation exercises.

•  Maintenance of robust governance, risk management and internal control arrangements to ensure that

legal and regulatory obligations are substantively met on a continuing basis.

•  Active engagement with professional advisors to address specific risks and issues that arise.

![]()

25

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

Financial Crime Risk:

Arising from any failure to

evidence and demonstrate the

establishment, implementation

and maintenance of effective

governance, risk management

and internal control

arrangements for the prevention

and detection of illicit economic

activity, including money

laundering, terrorist financing,

proliferation financing, sanctions

evasion, bribery, corruption,

and fraud, or to ensure the

arrangements are operating

effectively and as intended on a

continuing basis.

The Board recognises that financial crime takes on many forms, allowing criminal actors and organised

crime gangs alike to infiltrate economic and financial systems, with additional challenges presented by

geoeconomic uncertainties and geopolitical instabilities. The breadth of financial crime affirms the ubiquity

of this risk with inherent links to violent crime and the ability to significantly undermine jurisdictional social

and economic structures. The rapid innovation of digital technologies is increasingly enabling financial

crimes to be carried out remotely, presenting additional complexities to prevention and detection and

highlighting its transnational impacts.

Within this context regulators are taking, and expecting from firms, an increasingly holistic approach to

mitigating financial crime risks with robust and effective systems and controls established to detect and

prevent all forms of illicit economic activity. It is imperative that these arrangements are fit for purpose in

terms of both design and implementation and are capable of adapting to emerging and evolving financial

crime risks.

How we manage the risk:

•  Rigorous governance, risk management and internal control arrangements to prevent and detect illicit

economic activity with the capability to identify and respond to any emerging risks or threats.

•  Rapid, scalable, and effective sanctions screening mechanisms to ensure robust, effective, and

compliant understanding of the landscape on a continuing basis.

•  Implementation of scrutiny and oversight controls across all three lines of defence to ensure

governance layers proactively target both the design and effective operation of the risk management

and internal control frameworks.

•  Highly experienced technical resource dedicated to respective compliance deliveries.

Culture and Conduct Risk:

Arising from any failure of

governance, risk management

and internal control

arrangements, via corporate or

individual actions.

Organisational culture remains under scrutiny by the Board as a fundamental driver of corporate success,

prudential soundness, and compliant conduct. Any failure to adequately assess, monitor, manage and

mitigate risks to the delivery of fair customer outcomes, or to market integrity, can be expected to result

in material detriment to the achievement of strategic objectives and incur regulatory censure, financial

penalty, contract holder litigation and / or material reputational damage.

Clear and heightened regulatory expectations of individual and corporate accountability continue

to connect governance, risk, and compliance obligations directly to cultural imperatives and the

responsibilities assigned to individual Senior Managers.

How we manage the risk:

•  Programme level initiatives to address and support cultural change and development have remained

in active progress during the reporting period with the results of investment in culture diagnostics

informing business decision-making and tactical solutions to drive cultural change, where needed.

•  Iterative enhancements to the Group’s ERM Framework continue to drive and deliver the integration of

conduct risk management at both a cultural and practical level.

•  Business activities designed to manage the volume and velocity of regulatory change include a core

focus on ensuring compliance with conduct risk obligations, managing conflicts of interest, preventing

market abuse, and building robust governance arrangements around new product development and

product suitability processes.

•  Forward looking risk indicators and executive leadership in respect of understanding and addressing

the drivers of conduct risk focus on all core areas with assessment at strategic, functional, and

operational levels.

•  The Group maintains regular dialogue with its regulatory authorities and with its external advisors in

relation to developments in the regulatory environments in which we operate.

![]()

26

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Risk Management and Internal Control continued

Operational Resilience Risk:

Arising from any exposure to

risk events with the capacity

to cause operational failures

or wide scale disruptions in

financial markets, whether

directly or via a third party.

presented by the Covid-19 pandemic and the near-term threat of disruption of key global infrastructure in

the context of the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict. Resilience risk and associated regulatory expectations

directly extend to threats originating via third parties, including external providers, supply chains networks

and outsourcing architectures intended to leverage economies of scale, gain access to specialist expertise,

or deliver advanced technologies supporting innovative services.

Global supervisory attention is focussed on regulating for resilience by ensuring that strategies such

as grounding resilience analyses in key delivery requirements, appreciating the potential for systemic

vulnerabilities and embracing a diversity of approaches combine to strengthen the ability of financial

services firms to withstand operational risk related events.

How we manage the risk:

■ ERM conventions guide the identification and assessment of events or scenarios presenting risk to

operational resilience – typically pandemics, cyber incidents, technology failures or natural disasters

– as well as supply chain disruption impacts to critical processes, business continuity and good

governance.

■ Impact tolerances, together with mapping and testing allow the identification of services which could

cause harm, if disrupted and identify any areas of vulnerability.

■ Stress testing, continuity planning, and recovery and resolution strategies provide for continuous

review of the adequacy and effectiveness with which the business can respond to and recover from

disruptions.

Cyber and Information Security

Risk:

Arising from the increased

digitalisation of business

activities and growing

dependence upon technology

in the context of exposure to

elevated and more pernicious

forms of digital and cyber risk.

The nature and complexity of cyber threats and cyber risk present the single most significant risk to

financial services firms. The mounting sophistication and persistence of cybercrime and the growing

adoption of highly advanced, nation-state type tools by cyber criminals, underscore the challenges

in understanding and anticipating the nature of cyber threats and cyber risks. Over the longer-term,

technological advances, including advances in generative AI, can be expected to enable a wide range

of state and non-state agents to access information which will allow new tools of disruption to be

conceptualised and developed.

Organised crime continues to exploit weaknesses in cyber defences whilst new technological capabilities

and use of third-party platforms add to the complexity of understanding the complete reach of cyber

and information security exposures. Geopolitical tensions and the rapid escalation of conflict combined

with technological advances in generative AI and the leveraging of misinformation and disinformation will

continue to provoke unprecedented cyber risks for Western governments and corporations.

Building resilience to continuously evolving cyber risk remains a priority for all stakeholders focussed on

three core areas - cyber risk identification, cyber risk governance and cyber risk resilience In the event of

any material failure in core business systems, or business processes, or if the Group fails to take adequate

and appropriate measures to protect its systems and data from the inherent risk of attack, disruption and/

or unauthorised access by internal or external parties, this could result in confidential data being exposed

and/or systems interruption. A significant cybercrime event could result in reputational damage, regulatory

censure, and financial loss.

How we manage the risk:

■ Continuous focus on the maintenance of a robust, secure, and resilient IT environment that protects

customer and corporate data as a core element of our operational resilience mapping.

■ Control techniques deployed to evaluate the security of systems and proactively address emerging

threats both internally within the organisation and externally, through regular engagement with internet

and technology providers and through industry forums.

■ Maintenance of detailed and robust Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery Plans, including full

data replication at an independent recovery centre, which can be invoked when required.

■ Frequent and robust testing of business continuity and disaster recovery arrangements.

■ Periodic independent third-party systems penetration testing and review of controls.

■ Horizon scanning to identify and assess supervisory initiatives advocating and promoting good practice

in cyber resilience and associated industry developments.

![]()

27

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

STRATEGIC REPORT

Corporate Sustainability Risk:

Arising from the risk of failing to

integrate environmental, social

and governance considerations

into the Group’s strategic and

business planning activities, or

to proactively review, understand

and act on the challenges and

opportunities presented.

The importance of integration of sustainability issues into the Group’s core strategies and business plans

is recognised by the Board, requiring value-driven, adaptive practices. These practices must continuously

enhance the Group’s corporate governance arrangements, as sustainability related issues evolve, and

demonstrate to clients, investors, regulators, and wider stakeholder groups that sustainability and

resilience risks and opportunities are understood.

How we manage the risk:

■ Actively building sustainability considerations into strategy development and business planning

processes through structured analysis, formal assessment mechanisms and cross-functional

collaboration.

■ Factoring emerging sustainability risk issues into key decision-making and understanding the impacts

for the tools and methodologies currently used to manage risk, including governance structures, risk

ownership, risk and control self-assessment principles, regulatory developments, third party service

provisions and effective reporting.

■ Development of adaptation plans, which embrace forward-looking analysis and support strategic

decision-making, with consideration of relevant business planning, operations, underwriting and

investment activities to contribute to a sustainable transition to net-zero targets and provide effective

mitigation of climate change related risks.

■ Detailed analysis of climate and other ESG risks, which could cause macroeconomic stresses in future,

including impacts to markets, interest rates, inflation and exchange rates.

■ Developing and updating relevant components in relation to the sustainability risk domain, including

policies, procedures, risk indicators, management data and stress testing.

■ ‘In flight’ initiatives addressing cultural alignment and structural resilience encompass core ESG

considerations.

Employee Engagement and

Talent Risk:

Arising from any failure to drive

and support the right corporate

culture and attract, develop,

engage and retain key personnel.

‘Talent risk’ continues to grow in prominence on the operational risk agenda at industry level with

persistent challenges linked to attracting and retaining employees across all financial services sectors.

The Group’s strategy has core dependencies on attracting and retaining experienced and high-performing

management and employees and building a strong and sustainable culture, driven by our purpose, our

leadership, our performance management regime and our governance principles and objectives. The

knowledge, skills, attitudes and behaviours of our employees, and the success with which these attributes

shape and define our culture, are central to our success.

How we manage the risk:

■ Significant investment in initiatives to address and support cultural change and development, shape

strategy and inform tactical solutions.

■ Continuation of our ‘Culture Programme’ with clearly defined areas of focus under three core pillars,

those being:

-High Performance Culture

-Learning Culture

-Environment & Wellbeing

These remain in active progress led by the Executive Committee with oversight by the Board.

Further detail around financial risks are outlined in note 3 of the consolidated financial statements.

Philip Kay

Chair

25 September 2024

![]()

28

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

#### Thomas Morfett

Group Chief Executive Officer and

Group Chief Financial Officer

Tom was appointed as Chief Financial

Officer and executive Director with

effect from 17 April 2023 and as Chief

Executive Officer with effect from 2nd

August 2024. He is a Fellow of the

Institute of Chartered Accountants in

England and Wales, a Fellow of the

Institute and Faculty of Actuaries, and

holds an MA in Mathematics from Oxford University.

Prior to joining the group, Tom was Financial Controller and Head

of Actuarial for the Utmost Isle of Man group of companies, having

previously held the same positions for the Quilter International group

of companies. He has extensive experience within the Isle of Man

life insurance sector including as Appointed Actuary for Canada

Life’s Isle of Man companies, and roles at Zurich Isle of Man and

Royal London Isle of Man. He trained as a Chartered Accountant

with Deloitte.

#### Jose Ribeiro

Senior Independent

Non-executive Director

Chairman of the Remuneration

Committee. Member of the Audit and

Risk and Nominations Committees.

Jose was appointed as an Independent

Non-executive Director with effect from

2 December 2019. He has over 30 years

of experience in the financial services

industry globally having been a board member in several jurisdictions

around the world. Jose is a certified EU actuary with an MBA degree.

Jose is the Chair and Independent Non-executive Director of Starr

Insurance Companies, Chairman at Yurtle, an MGA and Insurtech

operating in the Employee Benefit space and regulated by the FCA in the

UK, and Insurance Lead and Guest Lecturer at Imperial College Business

School, where he lectures in Risk Management.

Jose started his insurance career with American International Group

(ALICO) in 1986 as a Life and Pensions actuary and spent the first 16

years of his career working with subsidiaries of AIG and Munich Re,

performing a variety of senior roles (including CEO, Chief Actuary,

Pension Fund manager, Regional Director for Employee Benefits) in

Europe, the US and Latin America. Since 2002 Jose has had a variety

of roles including CEO for Latin America and the Caribbean at Willis,

Director for International Markets at Lloyd’s of London where he was

responsible for overseeing the Lloyd’s trading platforms in China, Japan

and Singapore, and Managing Director and Board Member for Asia-

Pacific at A.M. Best (Credit Rating Agency).

# Board of Directors

#### Philip Kay

Non-executive Chair

Chair of the Nominations Committee.

Member of the Remuneration

Committee.

Philip was appointed as Non-executive

Chair with effect from 1 May 2022.

He was previously appointed as an

independent Non-executive Director

with effect from 3 March 2020. Philip has had a long career in investment

banking and investment management. He is Chair of Schroder Japan Trust

PLC and a fellow of Wolfson College, Oxford.

He is a former Managing Director and Senior Advisor of Credit Suisse First

Boston where he ran the firm’s global Japanese cash equity business. He

is also a former Director of Fidelity Japan Trust PLC, of Schroder Securities

Limited and of Smith New Court PLC.

#### Board of Directors

The Directors serving at the date of approval of this Annual Report

and Accounts are as follows:

#### Contents Page

Board of Directors  28

Directors’ Report  30

Directors’ Responsibilities  35

Corporate Governance Report  36

Report of the Audit & Risk Committee  62

Report of the Nominations Committee  64

Report of the Remuneration Committee  66

#### We recognise our obligations to adopt

#### a responsible attitude towards our

stakeholders. The Board believes that

#### the Group continues to demonstrate

#### such an attitude but recognises

#### that the Group is a relatively small

#### organisation.

![]()

29

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Noel Harwerth OBE

Independent Non-executive Director

Member of the Audit and Risk,

Nominations and Remuneration

Committees.

Noel was appointed as Independent

Non-executive Director on 23 September

2024. Noel is a highly experienced

non-executive Director who has sat on a

number of boards in a variety of different

sectors, including mining and finance industry companies and will bring

with her a wealth of knowledge. She currently serves on the boards of

One Savings Bank (as Senior Independent Director) and Crown Agents

Bank. Prior roles include Chair of the UK Export Finance Agency (until

February 2024) and member of the Boards of the UK Department of

Business and Trade, Scotia Bank Europe, Standard Life, London Metals

Exchange, and Bank of England RTGS/CHAPS Board. From 1998 Noel

served as Chairman of Sumitomo Mitsui Bank (Europe, Middle East and

Africa) from 2004 to June 2015. From 1998 to 2004, Noel was Chief

Operating Officer of Citibank International PLC in London. She was

responsible for infrastructure and governance of Europe’s first truly pan

European bank with branches in 18 countries. Noel was educated at the

University of Texas in Austin and holds a Juris Doctor Degree from the

University of Texas Law School. She has both US and British citizenship.

#### David Peach

Independent Non-executive Director

Chairman of the Audit and Risk

Committee. Member of Remuneration

and Nominations Committees.

David was appointed as an independent

Non-executive Director with effect from

31 December 2020. David is a Fellow of

the Institute of Chartered Accountants

in England and Wales and a Fellow of

the Association of Corporate Treasurers. He has a degree in Economics

from the University of Warwick. He is a Non-executive Director of

IntegraLife International Ltd, IntegraLife UK Ltd and Manx Development

Corporation Limited.

After training as an accountant with KPMG, David has had more than

25 years’ experience in financial services. He has held board level roles

in insurance, banking, trust and fund management companies across a

number of different jurisdictions.

#### Marc Polonsky

Non-executive Director

Marc was appointed as a Non-executive

Director on 26 September 2018, having

previously served as an alternate

Director to Dr Leonard Polonsky since

26 September 2013. He is managing

trustee of The Polonsky Foundation, a

UK-registered charity supporting

cultural heritage, the arts and

humanities education. He is a Retired Partner from international law firm

White & Case.

![]()

30

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Directors’ Report

#### Financial Statements

The Directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report on

the affairs of the Company and the Group together with the financial

statements and the auditor’s report for the year ended 30 June

2024. Where the context requires “the Group” means Hansard

Global plc and its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Hansard Global plc is the holding company of the Group and has a

Premium Listing on the London Stock Exchange. The Company is

a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of

Man.

#### Activities

The principal activity of the Company is to act as the holding

company of the Hansard Group of companies. The activities of

the principal operating subsidiaries include the transaction of life

assurance business and related activities.

#### Principal Operating Subsidiaries

The following companies are wholly owned subsidiaries of the

Company and represent its principal operating subsidiaries at the

balance sheet date and at the date of this report. All companies

are incorporated in the Isle of Man with the exception of Hansard

Europe and Hansard Worldwide. Hansard Europe is incorporated

in the Republic of Ireland. Hansard Europe was closed to new

business with effect from 30 June 2013. Hansard Worldwide is

incorporated in The Bahamas.

Company

Business

Hansard International

Limited\*

Life Assurance

Hansard Europe Designated

Activity Company  Life Assurance

Hansard Worldwide Limited  Life Assurance

Hansard Administration

Services Limited\*\*  Administration services

Hansard Development

Services Limited  Marketing and development services

\*  Hansard International Limited has two overseas branches in

Labuan and Japan.

\*\*  Hansard Administration Services Limited has a branch in Ireland

#### Results and Dividends

The results of trading of the Group for the year under IFRS are set

out in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income on page

80. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under

IFRS. The financial statements of the parent company have been

prepared under UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (“UK

GAAP”), comprising Financial Reporting Standard 102.

Additionally, certain information relating to Own Funds and Risk

Based Capital is presented in the “Other Information” section of this

report on pages 116 to 117. The Board believes that such information

provides additional meaningful information on the financial position

and performance of the Group in a particular financial year than that

provided by IFRS reporting alone.

Results under IFRS

Profit before tax for the year was £5.3m, compared with a profit for

the prior year of £5.9m.

Dividends totalling £6.1m were paid during the year (2023: £5.9m).

Proposed Final Dividend

The Board has resolved to pay a final dividend of 2.65p per share

on 15 November 2024, subject to approval at the Annual General

Meeting (“AGM”), to shareholders on the register on 13 November

2024 (with the ex-dividend date being 3 October 2024). If approved,

this would bring the total dividends in respect of the year ended 30

June 2024 to 4.45p per share (2023: 4.45p per share).

In making this decision, the Board has carefully considered its

current and future cash flows, the risks and potential impacts

introduced by the on-going geopolitical position, global economic

conditions, the outlook for future growth and profitability and the

views of key stakeholders, including shareholders and regulators.

#### Business Review and Future Developments

A full review of the Group’s activities during the year, recent events

and future developments is contained in the Chair’s Statement on

pages 2 and 3, the Chief Executive Officer’s Review on pages 4 to 7,

and the Business and Financial Review on pages 12 to 19.

#### Risk Management and Internal Controls

Details of the Group’s risk management and internal control

processes can be found on pages 20 to 22. A summary of the

principal risks and uncertainties can be found on pages 23 to 27.

Corporate Governance and

#### Corporate Social Responsibility

The Corporate Governance Report on pages 36 to 45 provides full

details on the efforts made by the Group in the areas of corporate

governance and corporate social responsibility within the business,

including the information required under Rule 7.2.6 of the FCA’s

Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules and is incorporated

into the Directors’ Report by reference.

![]()

31

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Audit and Risk Committee

The Audit and Risk Committee Report on pages 62 to 63 outline

how the integrity of the financial reporting and audit process is

overseen and the maintenance of sound internal controls and risk

management systems.

#### Directors’ Remuneration

Details of Directors’ remuneration for the year can be found in the

Report of the Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71.

#### Directors

Details of Board members at the date of this report, together with

their biographical details, are set out on pages 28 to 29. Except

where otherwise noted, all Board members served throughout the

financial year and to the date of this report. Dr Leonard Polonsky

maintains the honorary title of President to reflect his role having

founded the Group in 1970.

In accordance with the Articles of Association all the Directors will

retire at the AGM and, where applicable and eligible, shall seek

election or re-election.

#### Share Capital

At 30 June 2024 the Company’s issued share capital comprised

137,557,079 ordinary shares of 50 pence each. As at 30 June 2024

the total voting rights of the Company were 137,557,079. There

have been no changes to the issued share capital and total voting

rights during the period from 30 June 2024 until the date of this

report.

Further details of the issued share capital together with details of

authorised share capital and movements during the year are

included in note 22 to the consolidated financial statements. The

Company has one class of share in issue, ordinary shares of 50

pence each, all of which are fully paid.

Each ordinary share in issue carries equal rights including one

vote per share on a poll at general meetings of the Company,

subject to the terms of the Company’s Articles of Association and

applicable laws. Votes may be exercised by shareholders attending

or otherwise duly represented at general meetings. Deadlines for

the exercise of voting rights by proxy on a poll at a general meeting

are detailed in the notice of meeting and proxy cards issued in

connection with the relevant meeting. There are no restrictions on

voting rights or on the transfer of shares.

Substantial shareholdings

At 30 June 2024 the Company had been notified of the following

holdings in its share capital.

Name

Shares (millions)  % holding

Dr L S Polonsky CBE \*  50.8  37.0

Aberforth Partners LLP  20.0  14.6

The Polonsky Foundation  9.9  7.2

Mr M A L Polonsky \*  7.8  5.7

Premier Miton Group plc  6.8  5.0

\*Including holdings of spouse

There have been no other significant changes in these holdings

between the balance sheet date and the date of this report.

![]()

32

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Directors’ Report continued

Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) was established in February 2018

for the purpose of providing share-based reward.

During the year, net share awards totalling 463,823 shares were

granted to Directors and Executive Committee members, with the

awards vesting after 3 years, subject to the rules of the Deferred

Bonus Plan. 700,000 shares were purchased during the year and

transferred into the EBT, to give a total of 1,257,000 shares held as

at 30 June 2024.

Share incentive schemes

Save As You Earn Programme

A Save As You Earn share save programme allows eligible

employees to have the opportunity of acquiring an equity interest in

the Company. The Save As You Earn programme was renewed for a

further ten years at the 2017 AGM.

At the balance sheet date there were no options outstanding (2023:

29,031 options), details of which can be found in the Report of the

Remuneration Committee.

Research and development

The Group’s development activities focus on bringing new products

to market to leverage distribution opportunities.

Information About Securities Carrying Voting Rights

The following information is disclosed in accordance

with DTR 7.2.6 of the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and

Transparency Rules:

■ the Company’s capital structure and voting rights are

summarised on page 31.

■ details of the Company’s substantial shareholders are set out on

page 31.

■ an amendment to the Company’s Articles of Association and

the giving of powers to issue or buy back the Company’s shares

requires an appropriate resolution to be passed by shareholders.

■ the Company may alter its Articles of Association by special

resolution at a general meeting of the Company.

■ the appointment and replacement of Directors is governed

by the Company’s Articles of Association. The Articles of

Association provide that the Directors may be appointed by

ordinary resolution of the shareholders or by the Board. The

Company must have not less than two, and not more than 12

Directors. Where Directors are appointed by the Board, they

may only hold office until the next AGM of the Company where

they will be eligible for election. Each Director must then retire

from office at each AGM. The Company may remove a Director

by ordinary resolution.

![]()

33

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Powers of Directors

Subject to the Articles of Association, the Isle of Man Companies

Acts 1931 to 2004 and related legislation and any directions given

by resolution of shareholders, the business of the Company will be

managed by the Board which may exercise all the powers of the

Company.

#### Directors’ Interests

Directors’ interests in shares in the Company and in options granted

under the Save As You Earn programme are disclosed in the Report

of the Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71 together with

details of their contractual arrangements with the Group.

#### Controlling Shareholder

Dr Leonard Polonsky is the controlling shareholder of the Group. To

ensure compliance with independence provisions set out in Listing

Rule 6.5.4 a summary of the most recent written and legally binding

agreement, dated 22 September 2014, governing his relationship

with the Group (the “Agreement”) is set out in the Report of the

Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71.

There were no significant transactions between the Group and Dr

Polonsky during the year.

In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.4 R (14), since entering into the

Agreement, the Company has fully complied with the independence

provisions included within this Agreement, and, so far as the Company

is aware, the controlling shareholder and its associates have also

complied with the independence and procurement provisions set out in

Listing Rule 6.5.4 during the period under review.

#### Company Secretary

The Company Secretary at 30 June 2024 was Hazel Stewart.

#### Forward-Looking Statements

The Chair’s statement, the Group Chief Executive Officer’s overview,

the Business and Financial Review and other sections of this Annual

Report and Accounts may contain forward-looking statements about

the Group’s current plans, goals and expectations on future financial

conditions, performance, results, strategy, and objectives. Statements

containing the words: ‘believes’, ‘intends’, ‘expects’, ‘plans’, ‘seeks’,

‘anticipates’ and other words of similar meaning are forward-looking.

All forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty. This

is because they relate to future events and circumstances that are

beyond the Group’s control.

As a result, the Group’s future financial condition, performance and

results may differ materially from the plans, goals and expectations

set out in the forward-looking statements. The Company will not

undertake any obligation to update any of the forward-looking

statements in this Annual Report and Accounts.

#### Annual General Meeting (AGM)

The AGM of the Company will be held on 13 November 2024 at the

Company’s registered office.

A copy of the notice of the AGM will be available to shareholders on

www.hansard.com together with this Annual Report and Accounts.

As well as the business normally conducted at such a meeting,

shareholders will be asked to elect or re-elect all Directors. The

Directors consider that all the resolutions to be put to the AGM

are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders as a

whole and will be voting in favour of them. The Board undertakes

to apply the Listing Rules in relation to the re-appointment of the

Independent Non-executive Directors. This requires that re-election

is by majority of votes cast by independent shareholders as well as

by majority of all shareholders.

The Company further confirms that, as required by the Listing

Rules, it has an agreement in place with Dr Polonsky as the

controlling shareholder and that the Company has complied with the

requirements of the agreement throughout the year to 30 June 2024.

Copies of the Letter of Appointment for the Non-executive Directors

will be available for inspection at the Company’s registered office

during normal business hours and the AGM venue 15 minutes prior

to the AGM until the conclusion of the AGM.

In accordance with the Group’s normal practice, the total number of

proxy votes lodged at the meeting on each resolution (categorised

as for; against; and votes withheld) will be made available both at

the meeting and subsequently on the Company’s website.

#### Political Donations

The Group did not make any political donations during the year

(2023: £nil).

#### Adequacy of the Information

Supplied to the Auditor

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this

Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as each is aware, there is

no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is

unaware, and each Director has taken all steps that he ought to

have taken as a Director to make himself aware of any relevant audit

information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of

that information.

Auditor

The Company’s auditor, KPMG Audit LLC (“KPMG”), has

indicated its willingness to continue in office. The Audit and Risk

Committee has recommended that KPMG be reappointed as the

![]()

34

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Directors’ Report continued

Company’sauditor. Accordingly, a resolution to reappoint KPMG as

auditor to the Company, and to authorise the Directors to determine

its remuneration, will be proposed at the 2024 AGM.

#### Going Concern

The Directors have at the date of approving the financial statements,

a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group

have adequate resources to operate as a going concern for the

foreseeable future, being a period of 12 months from the approval of

the financial statements and have prepared the financial statements

on that basis.

In making this statement, the Directors have considered the impact

on the business of the ongoing geopolitical position and global

economic conditions. They have reviewed financial forecasts that

include plausible downside scenarios such as reduced levels of

new business and higher expenses arising from increased inflation.

These show the Group continuing to generate profit over at least

the required 12 months from the date of approval of the financial

statements and that the Group has sufficient cash reserves to

enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due.

The Directors expect that the acquisition of new business will

continue to be challenging in the current climate. The impact of this

however is not immediate to the Group’s profit and cash flows and

therefore allows for longer term adjustments to operations and the

cost base. Long periods of lower new business or lower AuA would

be addressed by reducing the cost base and, where necessary, the

dividend paid.

The following factors are considered as supportive to the Group’s

resilience to external market and economic challenges:

■ The Group’s business model focuses on long term savings

products, a majority of which are regular premium paying

products which continue to receive cash inflows regardless of

the amount of new business sold.

■ The Group earns approximately a third of its revenues from

asset-based income which is not immediately dependent on

sourcing new business.

■ New business channels are geographically dispersed and

therefore less exposed to specific regional factors.

■ The largest cash outflow associated with new business is

commission expenditure which reduces directly in line with

reduced sales.

■ The Group has and continues to the date of this report to have,

a strong capital position with significant levels of liquidity and

cash (as outlined in the Business and Financial Review).

■ The Group places the majority of its shareholder assets into

conservative, highly-liquid, highly rated bank deposits and

money market funds. These are typically not subject to price

fluctuation and protect the Group’s assets against potential

market volatility.

■ The Group has no borrowings.

#### Post Balance Sheet Events

There have been no material post-balance sheet events, which

would require disclosure in, or adjustment to, these consolidated

financial statements.

#### Longer-Term Viability Statement

In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance

Code and Listing Rule 9.8.6, the Directors have assessed the

prospects of the Group over a five-year period and have a

reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in

operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of

assessment.

The Group and its insurance subsidiaries are required to maintain

minimum regulatory solvency capital levels based on the size and

nature of business written.

The assessment of prospects is considered over a five-year

period as this matches the period over which business plans are

considered by the Board. The Board also considers it a reasonable

period in light of rapidly changing regulation, competitive landscape

and technology advances and developments.

The Group’s business plan and associated scenario modelling

includes projections of the Group’s profit, capital, liquidity, and

solvency. Scenario and stress testing consider the Group’s capacity

to absorb or respond to potential economic, contract holder activity

or operational stresses. These include material investment market

declines, interest rate movements, mass surrenders by contract-

holders and operational losses. Reverse stress tests are also

considered to provide insight into the level of stress needed to

breach regulatory solvency requirements.

The assessment also considered simultaneous multiple adverse

impacts that could plausibly occur. This included a 50% reduction

to new business, a 25% reduction in AuA due to market declines

and a 15% strengthening of sterling all arising at the same time.

While these stresses produce lower levels of profit, cash, and

dividends, none of them produce an immediate risk to the viability of

the business. This allows therefore for compensatory management

actions to be taken to secure longer-term viability through for

example expense and dividend reductions.

In making its overall assessment, the Board has also considered the

principal and emerging risks and associated mitigating strategies

which it has identified and outlined on page 23 to 27. The Directors

confirm that they have undertaken a robust assessment of the

principal and emerging risks facing the Group.

![]()

35

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in

Respect of the Report and the Financial

Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report

and financial statements in accordance with applicable law and

regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent

Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that

law they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in

accordance with international accounting standards in conformity

with the requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 and

applicable law and have elected to prepare the Parent Company

financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting

Standards, comprising Financial Reporting Standard 102 ‘The

Financial Reporting Standard Applicable in the UK and Republic of

Ireland’ (“FRS 102”).

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial

statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view

of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the

Group’s profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group

and Parent Company financial statements, the Directors are required

to:

■ select suitable accounting policies and then apply them

consistently.

■ make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant,

and reliable.

■ state whether they have been prepared in accordance with

international accounting standards in conformity with the

requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 and

as regards the group financial statements, UK adopted

International Accounting Standards.

■ assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as

a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to

going concern.

■ use the going concern basis of accounting unless they intend

either to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease

operations or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting

records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s

transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the

financial position of the parent Company and to enable them to ensure

that its financial statements comply with the Companies Acts 1931 to

2004. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine

is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are

free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have

general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to

them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect

fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are responsible

for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration Report and

Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those

regulations.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the

corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website.

Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of

financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

#### Responsibility Statement of the Directors inRespect of the Annual Financial Report

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

■ the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the

applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view

of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the

Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation

taken as a whole; and

■ the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development

and performance of the business and the position of the issuer,

and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as

a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and

uncertainties that they face.

By Order of the Board

Hazel Stewart

Company Secretary

25 September 2024

![]()

36

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Corporate Governance Report

#### Compliance with Companies Acts

As an Isle of Man incorporated company, the Company’s primary

obligation is to comply with the Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to

2004. The Board confirms that the Company is compliant with the

relevant provisions of the Companies Acts.

#### Compliance with the UK Corporate

#### Governance Code 2018 (“the Code”)

The Board believes high standards of corporate governance are

integral to the delivery of the Group strategy and so the Board

maintains a strong commitment to achieving the highest standards

of corporate governance. During the year under review, the

Group applied the principles and provisions of the UK Corporate

Governance Code 2018 (“the Code”). A copy of the Code is available

on the Financial Reporting Council website at www.frc.org.uk.

The following specific information required in the Directors’ Report is

included in other sections of this Annual Report and is incorporated

by reference:

Board leadership and Company purpose.

The Board’s overarching role is to promote the Company’s long-term

sustainable success, to generate value for shareholders and improve

customer outcomes by providing simple, understandable and innovative

financial solutions.

A Effective and entrepreneurial Board

B Purpose, values, strategy and

culture

C Resources and controls

D Stakeholder engagement

Page 39

Page 8

Pages 12-18,

20-27

Pages 37,38

Division of responsibilities

The Board has a clear division of responsibilities between the leadership

of the Board and executive leadership of the business.

Committee terms of reference determine the authority of each of the

Board’s Committees.

Governance arrangements are in place to ensure that the Board and

Directors can meet their obligations under the Code.

F Role of the Chair

G Independence and division of

responsibilities

H Non-Executive Directors

I How the Board operate

Page 41

Page 41-42

Page 41

Pages 42-43

Composition, succession and evaluation

The Board, with the support of the Nominations Committee, conducts

regular reviews of its composition (and that of its Committees) and leads

the process for appointments to ensure plans are in place for orderly

succession to both the Board and the Executive Committee.

The Board undertakes an annual review of its effectiveness and that of

its Committees to ensure that the Board and its members continue to

contribute effectively.

J Appointments and succession

planning

K Composition of the Board

L Board evaluation

Page 64

Page 41

Page 42-43

Audit, risk and internal control

The Board, supported by the Audit and Risk Committee, is responsible

for establishing appropriate risk management and internal control

procedures to ensure that the Group is appropriately managed and that

risks are appropriately identified and mitigated in the context of the

business as a whole.

M Effective internal and external audit

functions

N Fair, balanced and understandable

assessment

O Internal controls and risk

management

Page 63

Page 72

Page 20-27

Audit, risk and internal control

The Board, supported by the Audit and Risk Committee, is responsible

for establishing appropriate risk management and internal control

procedures to ensure that the Group is appropriately managed and that

risks are appropriately identified and mitigated in the context of the

business as a whole.

P Alignment of remuneration with

strategy, purpose and values

Q Remuneration policy

R Independent judgment, discretion

and performance outcomes

Page 66

Page 66

Page 66

There are no disclosures to be made under Listing Rule 9.8.4.

![]()

37

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Other statutory disclosures

Details on how we have applied the provisions and principles of the

Code to our activities throughout the financial year and to the date of

this report are set out in this Corporate Governance Report and in the

following reports: the Directors’ Report on pages 30 to 34, the Report

of the Remuneration Committee on pages 66 to 71, the Report of the

Nominations Committee on pages 64 to 65 and/or in the Report of the

Audit and Risk Committee on pages 62 to 63.

For the year ended 30 June 2024, the Board considers that it has

complied in full with the provisions of the Code, other than in respect

of provision 36 as further outlined in the Remuneration Report, and

provision 11 following the resignation of Christine Theodorovics on

29 February as less than half of the board, excluding the Chair, were

Independent Non-executive Directors.

#### Stakeholders

Stakeholders are critical to the Company’s long-term, sustainable

success. They are our shareholders, employees, regulators,

distribution partners, service providers, and the communities in

which we operate. This section explains why and how the Company

interacts with these stakeholders, as well as the steps it takes to

ensure that their interests are considered in the Board’s decision

making.

As the Company is listed on the Main Market of the London Stock

Exchange, it reports on its compliance with the UK Corporate

Governance Code on a comply or explain basis. Provision 5 of the

UK Corporate Governance Code recommends that the Company

report on how the interests of its key stakeholders were considered

in board discussions and decision-making, including those

matters outlined in Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006

(the “UK Act”). While the Company is not domiciled in the United

Kingdom, we have chosen to voluntarily report in accordance with

Section 172 of the UK Act to demonstrate our commitment to best

practice governance and thorough application of the UK Corporate

Governance Code.

The tables on the following pages show how the Company and

its Board interact with its stakeholders. We recognise that these

relationships are the foundation for the Company’s long-term

viability, which benefits all parties. The Board recognises the

significance of upholding a high standard of business conduct and

stakeholder engagement, as well as having a positive impact on the

environment in which we operate.

We actively engage with our key stakeholders to understand their

perspectives and build effective relationships, and our engagement

strategy for each stakeholder group is outlined in the tables on the

following pages. Aside from stakeholder considerations, the Board

recognises its responsibility to consider long-term impacts and the

Company’s impact on and from wider society and the environment.

The Board monitors performance against strategy and appropriate

decision-making by receiving regular updates, both in Board and

Committee meetings and through regular Board reports from the

CEO, CFO, Executive Committee members, and other senior

managers, all of which enable it to make well-informed principal

decisions for the Company’s and its various stakeholders’ long-

term success. We define principal decisions as those that are both

material to the Group and significant to any of our key stakeholder

groups. In making principal decisions, the Board has considered

the outcome from its stakeholder engagement as well as the need

to maintain a reputation for high standards of business conduct and

the need to act fairly between the members of the Company. The

Board believes that the Group’s decision-making is balanced, and

that Hansard’s policies and actions meet the Group’s obligations.

Section 172: Promoting the Success of the

#### Company

The Board’s focus is on ensuring that the Company generates and

preserves value over the long term for all its shareholders. The

Board’s aim is to make sure that decisions are consistent with the

strategic objectives of the Company and the long-term success of the

Company.

The Likely Consequences of Any Decision in the Long Term

The Board’s focus is on ensuring that the Company generates and

preserves value over the long term for all its shareholders. The

Board’s aim is to make sure that decisions are consistent with the

strategic objectives of the Company and the long-term success of

the Company.

The Interests of the Company’s Employees

The Board engages with employees via a variety of mechanisms and

forums to ensure that people interests are considered.

The Need to Foster the Company’s Business Relationships with

Suppliers, Customers, and Others

The Board considers customers, suppliers, and other stakeholders,

factoring in their needs, feedback, and concerns to make informed

decisions that seek to benefit all parties. This ensures a balanced

and sustainable business relationship.

Directors of the Group Pages 28-29

Dividends Pages 18

Environmental, social and governance risks Pages 54-55

TCFD Reporting Pages 46-61

Future Developments Pages 15

Going concern Statement  Pages 34

Post balance sheet events Pages 34

Reporting under Section 172 of the (UK Companies

Act 2006 and engagement with stakeholders

Pages 37

Risk Management and Internal Controls Pages 43

![]()

38

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

The Impact of the Company’s Operations on the Community

and the Environment

The Board’s corporate social responsibility (“CSR”) strategy focuses

on minimising the Group’s environmental impact, making a positive

contribution to society and supporting our people to make a

difference to the environment.

The Desirability of the Company Maintaining a Reputation for

High Standards of Business Conduct

The Company has four core values that are the foundation of the

Company’s culture: Integrity, Respect, Quality, and Innovation.

These values ensure that the Company maintains a reputation for

high standards in all areas of the business it conducts.

The Need to Act Fairly Between Shareholders of the Company

The Board actively engages with shareholders and considers their

interests when setting the Company’s strategy.

#### Shareholders

Our shareholders include institutional investors, retail investors, and

management, among others.

Why We Engage

The Board recognises the importance of regularly engaging with

shareholders in order to maintain a high level of transparency and

accountability, to act fairly, and to inform the Company’s decision

making and future strategy. The Board is accountable to the

shareholders for creating and delivering value through effective

business governance.

How We Engage

The Group places considerable importance on developing its

relationships with our shareholders and it aims to achieve this by

way of the following regular communication activities:

■ regular dialogue with major institutional shareholders, both

directly and through the Company’s advisers.

■ Annual General Meetings.

■ market announcements, corporate presentations, Annual

Report and Accounts and other Company information which are

available on our website at www.hansard.com

The Chair, the CEO, the CFO, and Committee Chairs are available

to meet or correspond with major shareholders to discuss any

areas of concern not resolved through normal channels of investor

communication.

Arrangements can be made through the CFO, the Company

Secretary, or the Company’s corporate brokers.

The Board is equally interested in communications with private

shareholders and the CFO oversees communication with these

investors. All information reported to the regulatory information

services is simultaneously published on the Company’s website,

affording the widest possible access to Company announcements.

The Board receives regular feedback on the views of shareholders

on the Company from the Executive Directors after meetings with

those shareholders, as well as from reports from the Company’s

corporate brokers, the Chair and the Senior Independent Director.

There were no significant areas of concern raised during the 2024

financial year.

#### Employees

We recognise that to meet our Company goals, we need to retain,

attract and develop our talent pool, by providing a supportive and

safe workplace where our employees can develop and thrive.

Why We Engage

We understand the importance of engaging with our employees and

recognise that the Company culture and our overall remuneration

and benefits package can have significant effect on employees.

Communication therefore continues to be a key part of our

Culture programme. We want our employees to have a voice, feel

appreciated for their contribution and to understand their roles

within the Company. It’s important that our employees are made

aware of key business updates and that they can provide feedback

on what’s important to them. We work hard to meet our employees’

needs and to maintain strong relationships that foster a positive

workplace culture.

How We Engage

We actively and regularly communicate with our employees via

various mechanisms covering matters such as strategic updates,

business performance and culture or any other matters which are

relevant to employees. Our employees are also offered opportunities

to provide feedback in different ways such as engagement and

culture surveys and in team and individual settings. We provide

regular training and development opportunities for our employees

and make sure they receive regular feedback and recognition,

supported via the performance management framework. We

strive to provide a supportive and safe and comfortable working

environment, as well as competitive wages and benefits. We

encourage all our employees to provide feedback to the Board and

provide open channels of communication for them to do so. David

Peach is the designated Independent Non-executive Director for

employee engagement.

#### Regulators

These are the governmental or regulatory bodies in charge of

overseeing the Company’s operations and ensuring compliance

with applicable laws and regulations. Each of our regulators is in

charge of overseeing various aspects of the Company’s operations,

including financial reporting and consumer protection.

Why We Engage

We work with our regulators to ensure that we are compliant with

all policies, laws, and regulations. Regular communication with our

regulators assists us in identifying potential risks and obtaining

guidance on how to mitigate them.

![]()

39

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

How We Engage

The Company meets with its regulators proactively to address any

concerns, and it establishes regular meetings to ensure that the

Company is up to date on any proposed changes. We make every

effort to respond to any queries or requests for information from our

regulators in a timely manner.

#### Distribution Partners

Those who assist the Company in distributing our products to

our policyholders. Distribution partners are subject to a rigorous

selection process prior to onboarding, and regular monitoring

throughout the course of the business relationship.

Why We Engage

We understand the importance of maintaining positive relationships

with our distribution partners in order to ensure that our products

reach customers on time and accurately represent our brand.

How We Engage

All our distribution partners are supported by our regional sales

managers, who provide regular training updates on our product

range and any relevant regulation changes, as well as discussing

new business development opportunities. This is further supported

by regular daily contact around sales opportunities or operational

queries to ensure that they receive the best service and to ensure

they are knowledgeable about all the Company’s products and

processes.

#### Service Providers

Those upon whose services the Company relies on to provide its

products and services, both domestically and internationally.

Why We Engage

To ensure that the services on which the Company places reliance

are delivered to the Company’s required standards and timelines.

How We Engage

We receive regular service attestations from providers and meet

frequently to review the performance of services.

#### Communities

The locations in which the Group maintains its operations, and in

which our employees live.

Why We Engage

We appreciate that we have a responsibility to support our local

communities.

How We Engage

As noted in Corporate Social Responsibility, we encourage our

employees to support local causes. We provide funding for a

wide range of initiatives via the Green Team, and we provide

our employees with dedicated time allowing them to participate

in community engagement activities. We partner with local

organisations directly where appropriate.

#### Compliance with the Market Abuse Regulation

To ensure compliance with the Market Abuse Regulation (“MAR”),

the Company maintains internal policies, procedures, and controls

in respect of market abuse, market manipulation and insider dealing.

A Share Dealing Code is in place which all employees must adhere

to. The Company has complied with this Share Dealing Code and

MAR throughout the period.

Role of the Board of Directors and

#### its Principal Committees

The primary role of the Board is to provide leadership of the

Company. The Company is directed and controlled both by its Board

of Directors and through systems of delegation and escalation, to

achieve its business objectives in accordance with high standards of

transparency, probity, and accountability.

It achieves these goals by making decisions relating to key areas

for the business, by overseeing the activities of the executive

team, and by delegating certain matters for resolution through the

principal Board Committees, namely the Audit and Risk Committee,

the Executive Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the

Nominations Committee.

The specific duties of the Board are clearly set out in a Schedule

of Reserved Powers that addresses a wide range of corporate

governance issues and lists those items that are specifically

reserved for decision by the Board.

The primary responsibilities of the Board include, but are not limited

to:

■ formulation of medium- and long-term direction and strategy for

the Group.

■ establishment of capital structure and dividend policy.

■ ensuring the Group’s operations are well managed and proper

succession plans are in place.

■ review of major transactions or initiatives proposed by

management.

■ implementation of policy and procedures to support the

governance framework of the Group.

■ regular review of the results and operations of the Group.

■ ensuring that proper accounting records are maintained, and

adequate controls are in place to safeguard the assets of the

Group from fraud and other significant risks.

■ regular evaluation of Board performance.

■ oversight.

■ of the Group’s ERM Framework; and

■ decisions regarding the Group’s policy on political donations.

The duties of the principal Board Committees are detailed in the

relevant terms of reference, which are reviewed annually and are

available on the Company’s website, www.hansard.com.

![]()

40

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Corporate Governance Report

![]()

41

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Board Composition and Key Roles

At the date of this report the Board comprises the Non-executive

Chair, three Independent Non-executive Directors, one Non-

executive Director and the Group Chief Executive Officer (who is

also the Group Chief Financial Officer).

As required by the Articles of Association, all Board members will

offer themselves for election or re-election at the forthcoming AGM.

The Board supports greater transparency regarding the election

and re-election of Independent Non-executive Directors. In

compliance with the Listing Rules, the Company operates a dual

voting structure for any resolutions on the election and re-election

of the Independent Non-executive Directors. The results from the

AGM votes on any such resolutions, together with other information

normally circulated following the conclusion of the meeting, will be

disclosed through the Regulatory Information Services following

the conclusion of the Meeting. In the event that the majority of

independent shareholders are shown to have voted against these

resolutions, a further vote will be called after 90 days.

#### Chair

Philip Kay was appointed the Company’s Non-executive Chair

with effect from 1 May 2022. As required by the Code, Philip was

considered independent upon appointment. The Chair leads the

Board within a solid governance framework and ensures that the

Board provides effective leadership for the Group including strategy

and direction.

#### Group Chief Executive Officer

Graham Sheward was appointed the Group Chief Executive

Officer with effect from 10 May 2021 until 1 August 2024, and was

succeeded by Thomas Morfett. As Chief Executive Officer, Thomas

leads the senior executive team in the day-to-day running of the

Group’s business, including execution of the Group’s business

plans and objectives and communicating its decisions and

recommendations to the Board.

The division of responsibilities between the Chair and the Chief

Executive Officer is clearly defined and has been approved by the

Board. The Chair has no day-to-day involvement in the management

of the Group. The Chief Executive Officer has direct charge of the

Group on a day-to-day basis and is accountable to the Board for the

financial and operational performance of the Group.

#### Group Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Morfett was appointed the Chief Financial Officer with effect

from 17 April 2023. As Chief Financial Officer, he is responsible for

the Group’s Finance, Actuarial and Investments functions, and is as a

key member of the Chief Executive Officer’s Executive Committee.

Senior Independent Director

Jose Ribeiro is the Company’s Senior Independent Director. The

Senior Independent Director provides a sounding board for the Chair

and serves as an intermediary for the other Directors. He is also

available to shareholders should they have any concerns that they

are unable to resolve through other channels, or when such channels

would be inappropriate.

The responsibilities of the Chair, Group Chief Executive Officer and

Senior Independent Director are available on the Company’s website,

www.hansard.com.

#### Non-Executive Directors

Jose Ribeiro, David Peach and Noel Harwerth are considered by the

Board to be Independent Non-executive Directors in accordance with

the Code definition. Philip Kay, as Non-executive Chair, was considered

independent on appointment. Marc Polonsky, a Non-executive Director,

is not considered to be independent for the purposes of the Code due

to close family ties with Dr Leonard Polonsky and representing the

Polonsky family shareholding.

The Non-executive Directors fulfil a critical role to constructively

challenge all recommendations presented to the Board for approval and

to provide the benefit of their experience and expertise to manage risk

within the Group and enhance delivery of the overall strategy.

#### Board Independence

The Board’s policy is to appoint and retain Independent Non-

executive Directors who can apply their wider knowledge and

experiences to their understanding of the Group. The process

for appointing new Directors is conducted by the Nominations

Committee.

It is the Board’s view that an Independent Non-executive Director also

needs to be able to present an objective, rigorous and constructive

challenge to management. To be effective, an Independent Non-

executive Director needs to acquire a sound understanding of

the industry and the Company to be able to evaluate properly the

information provided.

Each Independent Non-executive Director serves for a fixed term not

exceeding three years that may be renewed by mutual agreement and

subject to shareholder approval at the AGM. Subject to the Board

being satisfied with a Director’s performance, independence and

commitment, an Independent Non-executive Director may have their

terms renewed for up to nine years. Beyond that period, a Director

would typically be considered to no longer be fully independent.

A review of the arrangements affecting all Non-executive Directors

who served during the year covering the current term of appointment

and review of their independence (where relevant) was undertaken by

the Nominations Committee.

The Committee was satisfied that, based on their performance during

their time on the Board, Jose Ribeiro, David Peach, and Christine

Theodorovics (until 29 February 2024) were, and in respect of Jose

Ribeiro and David Peach, remain independent.

Philip Kay, as Chair, was considered independent upon appointment.

![]()

42

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Corporate Governance Report continued

#### Board Meeting Attendance

The Board meets regularly to determine the Company’s strategic

direction, to review the Company’s operating and financial

performance and to provide oversight that the Company is

adequately resourced and effectively controlled.

The Company requires Directors to devote sufficient time to the

Company in order to perform their duties. If Directors are not able

to attend a meeting, they have the opportunity to submit their

comments in advance to the Chair or the Company Secretary. If

necessary, they can follow up with the Chair of the meeting.

The attendance of the Directors at scheduled Board and Committee

meetings of which they were a member held during the year (and

the maximum number of meetings that each Director could have

attended) were as follows:

Board  Audit & Risk  Nominations  Remuneration

Number of meetings  10  4  4  5

Philip Kay  9/10  n/a  4/4  5/5

Jose Ribeiro  9/10  4/4  4/4  5/5

Marc Polonsky  9/10  n/a  n/a  n/a

David Peach  10/10  4/4  4/4  5/5

Graham Sheward  9/10  n/a  n/a  n/a

Christine Theodorovics\*  4/7  0/2  2/3  2/3

Thomas Morfett  10/10  n/a  n/a  n/a

\*  Resigned with effect from 29 February 2024

The Chair of the relevant Board or Committee invited other Non-

executive Directors to attend meetings of which they were not a

member whenever considered appropriate. The CEO/CFO have

standing invitations to Audit and Risk Committee meetings and Marc

Polonsky attended or partially attended 4 Audit and Risk Committee

Meetings, 4 Nominations Committee Meetings and 4 Remuneration

Committee meetings.

#### Board Committees

The Board has established standing committees to oversee important

issues of policy and maintain such oversight outside the main Board

meetings. Each committee operates within defined terms of reference,

which can be accessed on the Company’s website. The committee

positions held by the Directors as at the date of this report are

summarised below:

■ Audit & Risk Committee - Chair: David Peach. Members: Jose

Ribeiro, Noel Harwerth.

■ Executive Committee - Chair: Thomas Morfett.

■ Nominations Committee - Chair: Philip Kay. Members: David

Peach, Jose Ribeiro, Noel Harwerth.

■ Remuneration Committee - Chair: Jose Ribeiro. Members: David

Peach, Philip Kay, Noel Harwerth.

The Chairs of the relevant Board Committees are available to

engage with shareholders on any significant matters related to their

areas of responsibility.

Reports from the Audit and Risk, Nominations and Remuneration

Committees are set out in this Annual Report and Accounts together

with a summary of their activities during the year.

The Executive Committee is chaired by the Group Chief Executive

Officer and currently meets fortnightly. The Executive Committee

has responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Group, and

other items as delegated from time-to-time by the Board. In addition

to Thomas Morfett, the Executive Committee is currently comprised

of Ollie Byrne (Commercial Director), Karen Corran (Head of People

and Culture), Angela McCraith (Chief Risk Officer), Alan Canny

(replacing Ailish Sherlin from 14 June 2024) (Chief Actuary), Hazel

Stewart (Company Secretary), Keith Brown (Head of Sales) and John

Whitehouse (Chief Operating Officer).

#### Board Processes

The agenda for each Board and Committee meeting is considered

by the Chair or Committee Chair and the papers for each

meeting are distributed by the Company Secretary to the Board

or Committee members beforehand. As a standard agenda item

during the scheduled Board meetings, the Chair and Non-executive

Directors meet without the executive Directors present. The Chair

maintains regular contact with the Chief Executive Officer and with

the Non-executive Directors, outside of Board meetings or calls, in

order to discuss specific issues.

#### Board performance review and effectiveness

The effectiveness of the Board is vital to the success of the Group.

The Company undertakes a performance review each year to

assess the performance of the Board, its Committees, the Directors,

and the Chair. The Board engaged Boston Limited to conduct a

board performance review in the year. The performance review

took the form of a questionnaire, where Directors were required to

rate certain aspects of the Board’s and Committees’ performance.

The questionnaire also gave Directors the opportunity to provide

comments on areas of focus, which included the structure of

the Board, effectiveness of the Board, and committee-specific

questions.

The responses to the performance review of the Board and the

Committees were collated and analysed by the Chair and the Senior

Independent Director. The results indicated that the Board continues

to work well and there were no significant concerns among the

Directors about the Board’s effectiveness. Additional focus will be

given to succession planning and initiatives such as diversity and

ESG.

As part of the Chair’s performance review the Independent Non-

executive Directors meet separately under the leadership of the

Senior Independent Director who, in turn, engages in reviews with

the Chair.

![]()

43

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

Following these reviews, the Directors have concluded that the

Board and its Committees operate effectively. Additionally, the Chair

and the Senior Independent Director have concluded that each

Director contributes effectively and demonstrates full commitment to

his duties.

#### Remuneration of Directors

The principles and details of Directors’ remuneration, as well as

the composition and activities of the Remuneration Committee, are

contained in the Report of the Remuneration Committee on pages

66 to 71.

#### Insurance

The Company maintains insurance cover with respect to the liabilities

of Directors and Officers within the Group. In addition, qualifying

third party indemnity arrangements are in force for the benefit of the

Directors within the Group and were in force for the benefit of former

Directors of the Group during the year under review.

#### Board Support

Directors are fully briefed in advance of Board and Committee

meetings on all matters to be discussed. The Company Secretary is

responsible for following Board procedures and advising the Board,

through the Chair, on governance matters. All Directors have access

to her advice and services.

The Board has adopted a procedure whereby Directors may, in the

performance of their duties, seek independent professional advice at

the Company’s expense if considered appropriate.

Directors of the life companies are required to complete several

mandatory training sessions during each year, for example on

Anti-Money Laundering responsibilities (provided by the Money

Laundering Reporting Officer or an external supplier). Training and

support is also provided on any other key topics that the Board feel

appropriate in addition to their individual Continuing Professional

Development requirements.

#### Risk Management and Internal Controls

The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s systems of

risk management and internal control, and for reviewing their

effectiveness. The Board recognises that the governance risk

management and internal control arrangements which constitute

the ERM Framework are intended to reduce, although cannot

eliminate, the range of possibilities which might cause detriment to

the Group. Similarly, the ERM Framework cannot provide protection

with certainty against any failure of the Group to meet its business

objectives, or guard against material errors, losses, fraud, or

breaches of laws and regulations. Taking all of these factors into

account the ERM Framework is intended to provide reasonable, but

not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or losses and

/ or the breach of any laws or regulations.

The primary responsibility for developing and implementing internal

control and risk management procedures covering all aspects of the

business lies with the Executive Committee. As part of the reporting

processes from the ERM Framework, the Board regularly receives

written reports covering all such aspects in addition to overseeing

controls and risk management procedures via the Audit and Risk

Committee.

Individual managers have primary responsibility for ensuring

compliance with Group policies, principles, and compliance

obligations within their respective span of control. This includes the

identification, evaluation, monitoring, management, and reporting

of risks within their areas of responsibility. The substance and form

of risk management activities and the quality of their application

are regularly reviewed by the Group Risk Forum and objectively

analysed and evaluated by the Group’s Internal Audit function, with

oversight by and reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee, which

is ultimately responsible for reporting on the same to the Board.

Processes for identifying, evaluating, and managing the risks faced

by the Group have been in place throughout the year under review

and up to the date of this report. They are regularly reviewed by the

Board, with the assistance of the Audit and Risk Committee.

The Board, through the Audit and Risk Committee, has reviewed

the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management and internal

control systems including financial, operational and compliance

controls.

The Board has further undertaken a robust assessment of the

principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten

its business model, future performance, solvency, or liquidity, in

accordance with provision 28 of the UK Corporate Governance

Code. Additional information on the principal risks and uncertainties

faced by the Group, together with steps taken to manage them, can

be found within the Principal Risk Report on pages 23 to 27.

#### Whistleblowing Arrangements

The Group has an established Whistleblowing Policy, which is

accessible to all employees, with new starters introduced to the

Policy and its objectives during induction training. The Policy is

designed to ensure the principles of, responsibilities for, and the

approach to effective management of whistleblowing are clearly

explained and that staff feel empowered and supported to raise

concerns, in confidence, where they have a reasonable belief of

actual or potential wrongdoing. The Policy recognises that for some

individuals raising a concern under the Group’s Whistleblowing

arrangements may be a daunting or difficult experience and so

provides for such concerns to be raised anonymously and/or

outside the Management reporting line if preferable, providing for

direct access to the Chief Risk Officer or the Chair of the Audit and

Risk Committee.

![]()

44

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Corporate Governance Report continued

As previously reported, our Culture Programme has three core pillars

of focus, those being

•  High Performance Culture

•  Learning Culture

•  Environment & Wellbeing

We have continued with our commitment to supporting development

opportunities for our people, via learning events, professional

qualifications, internal promotion, and secondment opportunities.

Learning events focussed on high performing teams, resilience

and the importance of trust have featured in our learning culture

initiatives this year in addition to workshops to further support our

population of people managers.

Our Wellbeing team continue to play a vital role in terms of providing

support and initiatives to our people around three key areas,

Mental, Physical and Financial Wellbeing. Our Employee Assistance

Programme provides additional support to our people and their

families and friends through various life events. Through a range of

Group schemes, which underpin the Mental, Physical and Financial

pillars, we stand by our commitment to support the health and

wellbeing of our people.

We have a very active Sports and Social team who arrange a wide

mix of activities and social events, bringing our people together

outside of the workplace.

#### People and Gender Reporting

We recognise our people are key to our success in delivering the

strategic objectives of the business. Our core values of Innovation,

Quality, Integrity, and Respect were defined by our people and

underpin our working environment and practices. We believe all our

people can make a difference and we continually work to ensure

that they are appropriately developed, engaged, rewarded and

retained. The Culture Programme is designed to further enhance the

employee experience.

The Group’s principal administrative operations are performed in the

Isle of Man on behalf of the wider Group. Management of Hansard

Europe with certain support functions located in the Republic of

Ireland. Employees of our Malaysian and Japanese branches are

included in “Other” below. Regional Sales Managers and related

market development resources are principally based in local markets

to support IFAs and other intermediaries that introduce business to

the Group.

As at 30 June, the number of the Group’s employees (excluding

Non-executive Directors) by location was as follows:

Number Number

Location   2024 2023

Isle of Man    146 145

Republic of Ireland    16 20

Other 15 20

177 185

#### Financial Reporting Process

The Group maintains a process to assist the Board in understanding

the risks to the Group failing to meet its objectives. This incorporates

a system of planning and sensitivity analysis incorporating Board

approval of forecast financial and other information. Operational

management reports monthly to the Executive Committee and

Group Risk Forum on a wide range of key performance indicators

and other significant matters. The Board receives regular

representations from the senior executives. Performance against

targets is reported to the Board quarterly through a review of the

Group’s and Company’s results based on accounting policies that

are applied consistently throughout the Group. Draft management

financial statements are prepared quarterly by the CFO.

The members of the Audit and Risk Committee review the draft

financial statements for the half year ending 31 December and

for the full financial year and engage with the CFO to discuss and

challenge the presentation and disclosures therein. Once the draft

document is approved by the Audit and Risk Committee, it is

reviewed by the Board before final approval by the Board.

#### Financial Reporting

The statement on the responsibilities of the Directors in relation to

the preparation of the accounts and the Directors’ evaluation of the

business as a going concern is contained in the Directors’ Report on

pages 30 to 34.

The Directors as at the date of this report consider that the

Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced,

and understandable and provide the information necessary for

shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance,

business model and strategy.

#### Culture

The Board believes that strong corporate governance underpinned

by a sound culture is fundamental to the success of the Group.

It has sought to create an empowering culture, which values

innovation, quality, integrity, and respect. The Board helps to ensure

appropriate behaviours and culture are instilled throughout the

Group, with the tone and expectations continuing to be set from the

top. In its decision making, the Board aims to reinforce the Group’s

values and reflect the culture it wishes to foster.

Our Culture Programme continues with an agenda which aligns

and supports the delivery of our corporate objectives with areas

that are important to our people. We regularly measure employee

engagement via an anonymous inhouse survey. The results of which

are then discussed in open workshops to understand the key areas

which are impacting employee experience which then help share our

people initiatives.

![]()

45

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

The gender profile of the Group at 30 June 2024 is split with a total

of 86 male and 91 female employees (2023: 94 male and 91 female).

Within the Executive Committee, there were 5 male executives and

3 female executives. Employees reporting directly to members of

the Executive Committee comprised 14 male employees and 16

female employees. As at 30 June 2024 the Board comprised 6 male

Directors and no female Directors, and the board of the Company’s

principal operating subsidiary, Hansard International Limited,

comprised 6 male Directors and one female Director.

Dr Christine Theodorovics, who was appointed as an Independent

Non-executive Director with effect from 23 January 2023, resigned

from the Board with effect from 29 February 2024. She had been

appointed as CEO of Baloise Luxembourg in the previous year and

decided to step down from the Board to focus on this commitment.

Noel Harwerth has been appointed as a replacement. The gender

profile across the Group is evenly balanced, with a number of senior

executive positions being held by female employees, including

Chief Risk Officer, General Counsel and Company Secretary, and

Head of People and Culture. Although the current composition of

the Board is not in compliance with the Listing Rules requirements

on diversity and inclusion, the intention is to appoint a further

female Independent Non-executive Director later in the financial

year. Following the changes in our leadership team, the primary

focus will be on ensuring stability and continuity in our operations;

thereafter, the Company will be able to take further steps in relation

to compliance with these Listing Rules requirements.

#### Corporate and Social Responsibility ‘CSR’

Hansard has a long-standing commitment to operating in

accordance with principles and policies which seek to deliver

positives impacts, wherever possible, through its Corporate Social

Responsibility (CSR) programs and initiatives. These encompass

environmental. social and governance (ESG) perspectives and

continue to evolve as the Board anticipates future developments

driven by a broader perspective of sustainability.

For the year ended 30 June 2024 our focus has remained on the

creation of value for our stakeholders over the long term whilst

making a positive impact on the world. To support our continuing

efforts and future focus a Group Sustainability Officer was appointed

during April 2024 to review our approaches and internal practices in

respect of all components of ESG and to progress a review of our

pre-existing CSR Strategy, building on the progress we have made

to date, to deliver a holistic view of our forward-looking ambitions.

This will help to drive continued refinement of our sustainability

goals and

the associated governance, risk management and internal control

arrangements.

In line with these developments our ‘Green Team’ has continued

to promote and actively contribute to ESG-related initiatives

throughout the reporting period, with colleagues from across the

Group dedicating more than 500 hours of their time to internal and

external events, either giving up their own time or utilising Company

approved time for volunteering and supporting activities including:

■ Sponsorship of the 2023 ‘LoveTech’ summer event, which aims

to encourage girls to enter into STEM careers.

■ Introduction of plastics, cans, and glass recycling bins within our

offices to expand our existing recycling activities.

■ Partnering with the Manx Wildlife Trust (MWT), to actively

support a number of initiatives, including:

■ Investment in the Crossags Project, the Island’s first carbon

credit scheme, which also aims to enhance the biodiversity

of the area through planting native trees. This is an on-going

five-year commitment, with colleagues participating in an

initial tree planting session to mark the site.

■ Field clearance to allow for the regeneration of the Close

Sartfield nature reserve.

■ Continuation of our corporate membership of the Trust to

support MWT’s ongoing work.

■ Donation to Hospice Isle of Man to help fund part of their

solar array to aid with their sustainability transition and

reduce operating costs.

■ Primary donation to Hospice Isle of Man to help fund a solar

array to aid with their sustainability transition and reduction in

operating costs.

■ Participation in a volunteering day at The Children’s Centre,

helping with the construction of a Roundhouse and pathway to

the Roundhouse.

■ Sponsorship of the annual Shennaghys Jiu Festival, which

provides a unique and inclusive platform for the Island’s

gifted young musicians and dancers and the opportunity for

developing local talent to flourish. The Festival also helps to

build unique and collaborative relations with talented young

people of our Celtic Nation neighbours, extending the Island’s

cultural reach and reputation beyond our own shores.

■ Volunteering by employees around the business with Junior

Achievement Isle of Man, visiting local primary and secondary

schools and helping with the delivery of their programmes.

■ Donating to Junior Achievement Isle of Man to support the ‘It’s

All About Money’ Programme.

■ Gifting desk plants to employees, promoting the benefits of

plants and bringing nature into the office.

■ Sponsorship of tables at a number of local events supporting

various charities, including Manx Mencap and Cruse

Bereavement Support, Isle of Man.

Concurrently the ‘Wellbeing Team’ has continued its valuable

work, with a dedicated Executive Committee member and a clear

mandate that recognises the vital role a positive culture and physical

environment, which encourages healthy lifestyle choices, plays in

the long-term sustainability of Hansard. The Wellbeing Team strives

to promote and support the physical, financial, and mental wellbeing

of all staff members across the Group through the Workplace

Wellbeing Plan (WWP) and associated initiatives.

![]()

46

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

Initiatives run by the Wellbeing team, to support employees

throughout the year and their endeavours to create a supportive and

successful working environment, have included:

■ Facilitation of a Resilience Code Workshop and 28-day Habit

Formation challenge for Isle of Man based employees.

■ Supporting Mental Health Awareness week through:

■ ‘Soundology’ sessions to highlight the importance of sound

in relaxation and relieving stress.

■ A Step Challenge to encourage employees to move

throughout May.

■ ‘Wear it Green Day’, with funds being raised for Samaritans.

■ Ice bath session held with InnerAlchemy to promote the benefits

of the Wim Hof Method and cold-water swimming.

■ Collaboration with the Green Team in respect of the Summer

Food Bank donation.

■ Attendance at the ‘Sound Sanctuary’ session held at the

Santander Work Café.

#### Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

During the year ended 30 June 2024 we have continued to invest in

initiatives supporting the development and expansion of our climate-

related financial disclosures. This section explains the Group’s

ongoing activities to embed climate-related risks and opportunities

into our risk management, strategic planning, and decision-making

processes.

Our reporting seeks to provide both investors and wider stakeholder

groups with a clear understanding of our progress during the

reporting period in identifying, understanding, and disclosing our

exposures to climate related risks and strengthening strategic

resilience to these exposures, whilst also seeking out opportunities

in the mid to longer term.

Whilst we have continued to focus our efforts on climate-related

disclosures, we are increasingly conscious of the benefits and

value inherent within holistic sustainability perspectives and

reporting practices, and the importance of an integrated strategy to

achieve our overall goals and ambitions. Aligning our strategic and

tactical thinking with the objectives and intent of the Task Force on

Climate-Related Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”) recommendations

is helping to drive an inclusive approach to addressing our social

responsibilities as well as our environmental impact and our

governance practices.

The Group recognises that its work to adopt and embed TCFD

recommendations, as well as broader disclosure requirements,

remains an iterative process of learning and refinement as we adapt

and optimise our plans and tackle the challenges inherent within our

journey towards establishing, expanding, and embedding our ESG

targets.

![]()

47

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Introduction and TCFD Report Overview

Our TCFD Journey:

In addition to its obligations associated with TCFD a range of other

important factors continue to contribute to the Group’s TCFD

journey and drive positive progress towards our TCFD-related goals

and objectives. The Hansard Group is proud to call the Isle of Man

home, and we remain proactively committed to supporting the Isle

of Man Government’s initiatives associated with the sustainability of

the Island’s future. This includes support for ‘Finance Isle of Man’ as

they progress their work to develop a three-year Roadmap to create

a more sustainable economy on the Island, scheduled for launch

during November 2024. The Island continues to be designated as

a UNESCO Biosphere in recognition of its special environment,

culture, heritage, and economy and is the only Biosphere that

encompasses an entire nation, which includes all the Island’s land

and territorial sea, and Hansard remains a UNESCO Biosphere Isle

of Man Business Partner, with the pledges made used as drivers in

our decision making. As a responsible island nation, the Isle of Man

is particularly aware of the local and global impact of climate change

and of the social and environmental imperative for action, with the

Island committed to reaching carbon neutrality by 2050.

It is against this backdrop that the Group has progressed its work

during the 2024 financial year to enhance and embed its approach

to the management of climate-related and broader ESG risks

under the four pillars of the TCFD recommendations. The Group

remains committed to iterative improvements in its disclosures and

subsequent reporting arrangements, across short-, mid- and longer-

term time horizons for the benefit of the Group’s investors and wider

stakeholder cohorts. Achieving maturity of both qualitative and

quantitative metrics and broadening their scope from carbon-related

to climate-sensitive exposures, risks, and opportunities, remains a

priority in the near-term.

#### Our Approach

Climate-related risks and opportunities are an intrinsic element of

the Group’s broader strategic perspectives. ESG-related risks are

defined, at the highest level, as those risks arising from a failure

to anticipate and respond to actual or emerging environmental,

social and governance threats, challenges or opportunities, or to

successfully integrate ESG into the Group’s strategic and business

planning activities

Risk mitigations include:

■ Actively building ESG considerations into strategy development

and business planning processes through structured analysis,

formal assessment mechanisms and cross-functional

collaboration.

■ Factoring emerging ESG risk issues into key decision-making

and understanding the impacts for the tools and methodologies

currently used to manage risk, including governance structures,

risk ownerships, risk and control self-assessment principles,

regulatory developments, third party service provisions and

effective reporting.

■ Developing and updating relevant components in relation to

the ESG risk domain – including policies, procedures, risk

indicators, management data and stress testing; and

■ Initiatives addressing cultural alignment and structural resilience,

which encompass core sustainability considerations.

![]()

48

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

#### continued

Relevant details of the Group’s work during the reporting period are

organised under the four pillars of the TCFD disclosure framework,

below. Areas prioritised for attention in terms of enhancing

the quality and substantive nature of the Group’s disclosures,

targeted at achieving full compliance with the framework, include

disclosures relevant to the environmental impact of our assets

under administration, iterative enhancement of the understanding

of climate-related risks within our regularly assessed range of risks

to the business and the resilience of our Group strategy to various

scenarios. A summary of our disclosure report is presented at figure

1 below.

Pillar Description

TCFD Recommended

Disclosure

2024 2023 Our Disclosure

Governance

Disclose the

organisation’s

governance around

climate-related

risks

a. Describe the Board’s

oversight of climate-related

risks and opportunities.

Our TCFD Report provides an overview of our

governance arrangements associated with

our Sustainability strategy, which incorporates

our governance of climate related risks and

opportunities. We also describe how these

arrangements support Board oversight and

monitoring of progress against goals and targets

as well as the roles and responsibilities of

Management and how these are coordinated to

ensure robust, coherent and coordinated action.

b. Describe Management’s role

in assessing and managing

climate-related risks and

opportunities.

Strategy

Disclose the actual

and potential

impacts of climate-

related risks and

opportunities on

the organisation’s

businesses,

strategy and

financial planning,

where such

information is

material

a. Describe the climate-related

risks and opportunities the

organisation has identified

over the short, medium and

long-term.

Our TCFD Report describes our strategic

intent in relation to climate-related risks and

opportunities and the structure of ‘sustainability

pillars’ supporting delivery of this intent. We set

out the progress we have made in determining

relevant time horizons, the main categories of risk

exposure and the results of scenario analysis for

the reporting period. We will continue to refine

our climate related scenario testing during the

2025 financial year. We also describe some of our

important collaborations with local environmental

agencies and sustainability initiatives.

b. Describe the impact of

climate-related risks

and opportunities on the

organisation’s businesses,

strategy and financial-

planning.

c. Describe the resilience of

the organisation’s strategy,

taking into consideration

different climate-related

scenarios, including a 2˚C or

lower scenario.

Figure 1: Summary Disclosure Report

Disclosure Summary: (Key to report: 1 = fully coloured circle (full/green), 2= three quarters complete circle (near complete/yellow), 3

= half coloured circle (partial/amber), 4 =empty circle (omitted/red)

![]()

49

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Pillar 1 - Governance

The Board retains overall responsibility for the effective functioning

of the Group’s governance, risk management and internal

control arrangements associated with sustainability-related risks

and opportunities. This includes responsibility for determining,

evaluating and controlling the nature and extent of these risks and

opportunities, taking account of the varying levels of strategic,

financial and operational stresses, potential risk scenarios and

emerging as well as existing climate risk exposures over short,

mid and long-term time horizons. These activities are governed

by the protocols of the established ERM Framework, defined and

described in more detail under ‘Pillar 3 – Risk Management’, below,

which include both top-down and bottom-up risk assessment

bases.

During the year ended 30 June 2024 the conventions of the ERM

Framework have enabled the Board to continue to develop its

oversight of ESG-related risks and opportunities, via quarterly

and annual risk reporting to the Group Audit and Risk Committee,

which has included analysis and challenge of results from the

formal cycle of relevant stress and scenario testing. The Board has

also sought opportunities for development of the pre-existing CSR

Strategy, and enhanced, effective integration of climate-related

risks and opportunities into the Group’s structure and decision-

making processes, with clear accountability and ownership for risk

management allocated to members of the Executive Committee.

The Green Team has continued to support this work, driving

corporate focus on the collation and analysis of climate and

emissions data and initiatives together with broader sustainability

priorities, promoting measurable and achievable targets and metrics.

Pillar Description

TCFD Recommended

Disclosure

2024 2023 Our Disclosure

Risk

Management

Disclose how

the organisation

identifies, assesses

and manages

climate-related

risks

a. Describe the organisation’s

processes for identifying

and assessing climate-

related risks.

Our TCFD Report explains how the protocols of

our embedded ERM Framework have enabled

climate-related risk identification, assessment and

management processes to be integrated into our

risk management activities. We also describe how

ERM reporting conventions support our climate-

risk governance arrangements.

b. Describe the organisation’s

processes for managing

climate-related risks.

c. Describe how processes for

identifying, assessing and

managing climate-related

risks are integrated into the

organisation’s overall risk

management.

Metrics and

Targets

Disclose the

metrics and targets

used to assess

and manage

relevant climate-

related risks and

opportunities where

such information is

material

a. Disclose the metrics used

by the organisation to

assess climate-related risks

and opportunities in line

with its strategy and risk

management process.

Our TCFD Reports sets out the most relevant

and applicable data, in respect of emissions and

energy for which we are responsible, measured in

tCO2e.We also describe the results of progress in

calculating and measuring Scope 3 emissions and

our plans for future improvements in all target and

metric data measurement and disclosure.

b. Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2

and, if appropriate, Scope 3

greenhouse gas emissions

(GHG), and the related risks.

c. Describe the targets used

by the organisation to

manage climate-related

risks and opportunities

and performance against

targets.

![]()

50

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

#### continued

integral and embedded element of decision-making in respect

of overall Group strategy, policies, and actions. The Group’s

sustainability goals are considered within the context of wider

industry experience and stakeholder perspectives, having regard

to the aggregate levels and types of risk the Board is prepared to

accept within risk capacity, in pursuit of strategic and business plan

objectives. The governance structures which support the Board’s

oversight of ESG-related risks include the Executive Committee,

the Group and subsidiary entity Audit and Risk Committees, the

Group Risk Forum and the Investment Committees of both Hansard

International Ltd (HIL) and Hansard Europe, Designated Activity

Company (HE dac). The Investment Committees and the Group Risk

Forum also consider ESG related reporting as a standing agenda

item, ensuring that priorities and considerations remain aligned

with those of the Group Board and there is a structured approach

to the identification of climate-related risks. Protocols remain in

place to enable ESG-related decisions made by the Investment

Committees to be communicated via the respective Boards to

the Hansard Global Plc Board. A summary view of the Group’s

governance structures supporting the Board’s oversight of risks and

opportunities is presented at figure 2 below.

#### Figure 2: Group Governance Structures

During the year ended 30 June 2024 the Board has continued to delegate activities to the Executive Committee, with two members of the

Committee, supported by the Sustainability Officer, having specific accountability for oversight of deliveries and progress reporting. The

‘Green Team’ and the ‘Wellbeing Team’ have actively progressed a range of important initiatives across the ESG spectrum, including in

relation to climate-related ambitions and data-collation improvements.

HG plc Board

The Group Board sets ESG strategy and retains responsibility for the

effective functioning of the associated governance and

oversight arrangements

Group & Subsidiary Audit and Risk

Committees

Oversee and monitor progress in strategic

deliveries and the integrity of reporting, giving

necessary consideration and challenge of

progress to plan and compliance with

compliance obligations

Group Risk

Forum

Ensure that priorities

and considerations

remain aligned with

Board strategic

direction and there

is a structured

approach to the

identification, analysis

and reporting of

climate-related

risks

Chief Executive

Officer

Leads ExCo.

deliveries and

execution of

ESG  strategy

HE dac

Investment

Committee

Driving and developing

responsible  investment

policies and practices,

aligned with Board

strategy

HIL Investment

Committee

Driving and

developing responsible

investment policies

and practices, aligned

with Board strategy

Chief Risk

Officer

Oversees the

effective functioning

of the Group ERM

Framework

ExCo

The Group Executive

Committee define and

facilitate climate-

related business

plan objectives and

outcomes consistent

with the strategic

direction and

objectives set by

the Board

CSR Workstream

Drive corporate focus on

the collation and analysis

of ESG and climate/

emissions data and

initiatives

Green Team

Specific focus on

climate and emissions

improvements an

support on climate-

related initiatives

Wellbeing Team

Focus on internal social

and wellbeing initiatives

to engage employees and

create a positive working

environment

Sustainability Officer

Provides technical and advisory support to the

Business in respect of all sustainability issues,

including monitoring regulatory developments,

reporting obligations, risks, trends and

identifying areas of improvement.

![]()

51

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Pillar 2 - Strategy

The Group’s strategic goals in terms of climate-related risks and opportunities are focused on the creation of long-term value for our

stakeholders whilst making a positive impact on the world. The Group aims to deliver its strategic objectives in this regard and build a

sustainable future through focus on three key elements.

Our Planet

Minimise our

environmental

footprint

Our Governance

Ensure our

business is

operating in a

sustainable way

Continue to reduce waste

(e.g. paper, plastic, energy)

Reduce our GHG emissions and support the

creation of carbon stores

100% reduction in Scope 1 & Scope 2 carbon

emissions, gross of offsets, by 2050

Ensure we have the right policies and

procedures in place to support a sustainable

business over all time horizons

Use our corporate talents to invest in and

develop the skills of young people

Support good causes through donations and

employee volunteering hours

Offer sustainable investment choices to

people around the world

Collaborate with suppliers to achieve our

sustainability goals

Our Society

and

Our People

Make a positive

contribution to

society and

supporting our

people

Align and integrate our sustainability principles with our

overarching corporate strategy and business plans

Ensure our decision-making aligns with our

UNESCO Biosphere Pledge and the UN

Sustainable Development Goals

Allow our people to grow and develop

themselves within our business

Build a better future for all our stakeholders

Ensure the principles and objectives of our corporate

governance frameworks are a key driver of our

Sustainability Strategy

#### Our Three Sustainability Elements

100% reduction

in Scope 1 & 2

carbon

emissions by

2050

Investment in

local

biodiversity

gain and

carbon capture

projects

Reduce

consumption

levels across

areas of the

business

+ +

Our planet

Minimise our

environmental

footprint

=

Engagement:

• We will continue to drive

sustainability initiatives and

community engagement

through the Green Team

Communication:

• We will expand our

sustainability communication

platform to incorporate

learning initiatives, which will

continue to keep our people

informed, educated and

engaged.

Waste:

• We will continue to segregate

and encourage recycling

alongside overall waste

reduction by monitoring waste

and water usage.

Paper:

• We will maintain our use of

100% recycled paper and 25%

reduction in paper use by

employees.

Plastics:

• We will retain our stance on

avoiding business and staff use of

non-essential single-use plastics,

where there is a suitable

alternative.

Renewable energy:

• We will move to 100%

renewable energy with all

offices as soon as it is feasible to

do so.

• We will move to an EV company

van by 2026.

Business travel:

• We will continue to minimise non-

essential business travel as we

further explore the feasibility of

introducing a ‘carbon budget’ for

all business areas.

Offsetting our Carbon Footprint:

• We will continue our endeavours

to reduce our emissions and

where we cannot achieve this we

will look to offset through verified

local projects, or projects where

our clients are based.

Measure & Report:

• We will continue to capture and monitor

our Scope 1 & 2 carbon emissions and

refine our plan to achieve our emissions

targets.

• We will continue to gather more data sets

in relation to our Scope 3 carbon

emissions, working with stakeholders to

achieve this.

#### ACTION PLAN

#### Element 1: Our Planet

![]()

52

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

#### continued

Support young

people and

provide

opportunities for

career

development

Support our

Island

community,

culture and

heritage and

promote

collaboration

Understand

and meet the

needs of our

stakeholders

+ +

Our Society

and

Our People

Make a positive

contribution to

society and

supporting our

people

=

Careers:

• We will continue to provide

opportunities and careers to

young people in the fields of

technology and finance and

provide training and

development opportunities to

existing employees.

STEM:

• We are using our in-house

expertise and work with

charities to encourage and

support young people and girls

to pursue careers in STEM

sectors.

Good causes:

• We will continue to support a

range of good causes within the

community through matched

donations, sponsorships,

fundraising, and support for

employee volunteering days.

Proposition:

• We plan to offer global clients a

sustainable proposition by 2025.

Support:

• We are providing support to the

Isle of Man Government and

other local bodies to help

support the sustainability

transition on the Island.

Suppliers:

• We are collaborating with suppliers

regarding their ESG targets. We will select

suppliers with longer-term sustainable

practices, that align to our strategy, by

using ESG factors as part of our supplier

selection process from FY2025.

• We will move away, wherever possible,

from suppliers with poor sustainability

performance from 2027.

#### ACTION PLAN

Resource:

• We have created a Sustainability

Officer role, with responsibility

for driving sustainability

internally and engaging with

external stakeholders.

Element 2: Our Society and Our People

ESG funds:

• We provide visibility of the

Morningstar Sustainability Ratings and

carbon ratings of our funds to our

clients and brokers through our online

portals.

The Group’s approach to the management and mitigation of climate-

related and broader ESG risks and opportunities is built within the

context of its overarching corporate strategy and business plans.

The Group’s products are unit-linked regular or single premium

life assurance and investment contracts, which offer access to a

wide range of investment assets. The contracts are flexible, secure,

and held within wrappers, allowing life assurance cover, or other

features, depending upon the needs of the client. The contract

benefits are directly linked to the value of those assets that are

selected by, or on behalf of, the client and held within the wrapper.

The Group’s products do not currently include any contracts

with financial options and/or guarantees regarding investment

performance, which can require additional capital to be held. Levels

of service and the delivery of fair client outcomes, the nature of

the Group’s products, the use of technology, and the ability of

the contract holder to reposition assets within a contract are all

designed to achieve retention of the contract holder relationship

over the long-term.

Regulatory compliance:

• We will proactively incorporate

and adhere to emerging

regulation in relation to

sustainability reporting.

Behaviour:

• We will continue to promote a

culture that ensures we operate

ethically, responsibly and

sustainably, creating a shared

mutual respect across the

business.

Accountability and transparency:

• We share our practices to

provide transparency to our

shareholders and wider

stakeholders.

#### ACTION PLAN

Engagement:

• We will engage with

stakeholders to ensure their

concerns are considered when

making business decisions.

Element 3: Our Governance

Financial and operational stability:

• We will work to ensure that the way

our finances are managed, and

governance frameworks are

embedded is done so in a way that

will provide long-term stability and

resilience.

Strategy:

• We will continue to embed

sustainability within our

corporate and business

strategies as more focus is

placed on sustainability related

issues.

Our

Governance

Ensure our

business is

operating in a

sustainable way

=

To ensure we

are operating in

a way that

focuses on the

long-term

![]()

53

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

The main source of income for the Group continues to be the fees

earned from the administration of insurance contracts. These fees

are largely fixed in nature and amount. Approximately 30% of the

Group’s revenues, under IFRS, are based upon the value of assets

under administration. The new business generated in a particular

year is expected to earn income for an average period of 15 years.

Business is therefore long term in nature both from a contract holder

perspective and with regards to the income that is generated, which

supports business overheads, business investment, remuneration

of the distribution network and payment of dividends, whilst

contractual obligations can range from 5 years to over 25 years.

All of these business model aspects are contributing factors to the

Board’s determination of relevant short, medium, and long-term

time horizons, respectively classified as 0-5 years, 6-10 years and

>10 years. These time frames support analysis and assessment

of climate-related risks and opportunities, together with broader

sustainability considerations, which have the capacity to impact

the Group’s strategy, business plans and financial performance.

The Board’s perspectives on these aspects of the risk portfolio are

value-driven in terms of improving resilience and demonstrating

to clients, investors, regulators, and wider stakeholder groups

that ESG-related risks and opportunities, including those having

a climate related nexus, are properly understood. This is achieved

through forward-looking analysis and evaluation, with concurrent

consideration of tactical business planning, operations, and

underwriting and investment activities, in order to contribute to a

sustainable transition to a low-carbon economy.

The Group’s risk management arrangements, described in more

detail at ‘Pillar 3 – Risk Management’ below, operate on a cyclical

basis to enable the Group Board and the Executive Committee

to properly assess and understand, at a practical level, the major

sources of risk facing the Group, on short-, mid-, and long-term

time horizons, and the capital required to cover those risks, under

both normal and stressed conditions. Internal and external risks are

considered, together with emerging risks and any risks associated

with the Group’s systems of governance, having regard to capital,

performance, and strategic information, which ultimately provides

the Board and Executive Committee with substantiated bases

relevant to decision making. Forward-looking business plan and

solvency projections use a range of stress and scenario testing and

analyses to evaluate the adequacy of the Group’s overall financial

resources, including capital and liquidity resources. The stress and

scenario tests are derived from analytical review of the Group’s

risk universe, enabling distinguishable patterns of impact to be

considered and allowing plausible risk scenarios to be approximated

into impact types, with attention given to both single test and multi-

factor scenarios.

During the year ended 30 June 2024 ERM protocols and work to

support climate-related financial disclosures have considered the

plausibility of environmental and climate-risk stresses emerging

over the duration of the forecast period. Associated analyses have

focussed on the impact of the Group’s business on the environment

as well as the capacity for future environmental disruption to the

Group’s strategic and business plan objectives and targets, taking

account of both physical and transition risks.

Physical risk analysis has included the likelihood and impact of

extreme weather events occurring over the duration of the business

plan period and their capacity to provoke any combination of the

following events:

•  Operational resilience failure due to technological disruption,

utility failure, power outage, loss of use of premises and/or

significant reduction in the number of available personnel, which

may impact the Group directly, or via an outsourced service

provider.

•  Damage to critical national infrastructure in one or more

jurisdictions of material importance to the Group’s strategic

plans, impacting existing customers, intermediaries and/or new

distribution initiatives and targets.

•  Macroeconomic disruptions causing adverse market movements

with the potential to impact asset values and revenues to material

levels.

Analysis of transition risks has considered the disruptions and

shifts associated with advancement towards a low-carbon

economy and the potential for these to impact the value of assets,

erode important revenue streams and/or increase the costs of

doing business. Transition risks may emerge through changes in

policyholder, or other stakeholder expectations, market dynamics,

technological innovation, and/or reputational factors. Key examples

of transition risks include policy changes and regulatory reforms,

which affect specific classes of financial assets relevant for available

investments, whilst social movements and civil society activism may

pose a risk of reputational damage, if appropriate risk mitigation

strategies and communication actions are not implemented

appropriately. Associated risks may emerge more readily in the

event that the Group fails to adequately prepare for, or substantively

comply with, mandated climate-risk disclosure obligations and/or

its disclosures are found to be deficient. Stress and scenario test

modelling during the year ended 30 June 2024 has explored the

balance sheet impacts of physical and transition risks crystallising

as a combination of expense, market and production stresses.

![]()

54

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

#### continued

Type Climate Related Risks and Opportunities Potential Financial Impacts Mitigants

Transition Risks

Policy and Legal

-  Short Term - Increased pricing of GHG

emissions.

-  Medium Term - Restrictions on fuel types

available.

-  Medium Term - New reporting requirements

associated with climate and ESG in general.

-  All Terms - Potential legal or regulatory action

as a result of failing to follow new reporting/

disclosure obligations.

-  Increased operational costs.

-  Potential costs of transitioning to different

fuels.

-  More staff required to cover new and

existing reporting requirements.

-  Costs of both compliance and non-

compliance.

-  Strong governance, risk

management and internal control

frameworks to ensure effective

horizon scanning, analysis

of foreseeable change and

emerging risks

-  Iterative development of robust

ESG/Sustainability strategy and

policy maintenance

Technology

-  Short Term - Increase in sustainability-friendly

energy options.

-  Medium term - Potential to invest in new

technology solutions is lost through uncertainty

over future direction and ESG strategy.

-  Medium term - The opposing possibility

that excellent opportunities arise and smart

investments are made.

-  Long Term - Failure to invest in technologies

that are climate disaster resilient may result in

disruption to strategic priorities.

-  Quick response to and adoption of new

solutions results in progress to target,

increasing stakeholder confidence.

-  Sunk costs and unhappy clients, resulting

in a fall in consumer confidence, new

business and income.

-  Increased returns for both the company

and its clients.

-  Non-modernised platforms may dissuade

any potential new customers and

undermine strategic/business plan targets.

-  Integration of ESG and

sustainability policy

considerations within broader

strategic and business planning,

commercial and tactical initiatives

-  Responsible technology

policies and practices with clear

decommissioning arrangements.

Market

-  Short Term - Customer desire to shift portfolio

towards companies/investments with clear

ESG direction.

-  Medium Term - Increased costs of fossil fuels

for everyday customer activities e.g. travel and

heating

-  Long Term - Certain markets become obsolete

as scarcity increases and/or stringent

regulations make investing in them ineligible.

-  Failure to provide clarity on ESG may

cause customers to transfer their

investments to competitors.

-  Customers have less disposable income

to invest resulting in less fees generated by

the company and thus falling profits.

-  Failure to adapt in line with changing

market sentiment may reduce or negate

investment returns.

-  Transparent reporting and

stakeholder communication

practices

-  Distribution and product

development strategies which

anticipate changing sentiments

and demands

-  Stress and scenario testing

addressing forward-looking risks

supporting identification/analysis

of emerging challenges and

barriers to business

A summary of underlying analysis is presented below.

Figure 7: Climate Impact Analysis

![]()

55

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

Type Climate Related Risks and Opportunities Potential Financial Impacts Mitigants

Transition Risks

Policy and Legal

-  Short Term - Increased pricing of GHG

emissions.

-  Medium Term - Restrictions on fuel types

available.

-  Medium Term - New reporting requirements

associated with climate and ESG in general.

-  All Terms - Potential legal or regulatory action

as a result of failing to follow new reporting/

disclosure obligations.

-  Increased operational costs.

-  Potential costs of transitioning to different

fuels.

-  More staff required to cover new and

existing reporting requirements.

-  Costs of both compliance and non-

compliance.

-  Strong governance, risk

management and internal control

frameworks to ensure effective

horizon scanning, analysis

of foreseeable change and

emerging risks

-  Iterative development of robust

ESG/Sustainability strategy and

policy maintenance

Technology

-  Short Term - Increase in sustainability-friendly

energy options.

-  Medium term - Potential to invest in new

technology solutions is lost through uncertainty

over future direction and ESG strategy.

-  Medium term - The opposing possibility

that excellent opportunities arise and smart

investments are made.

-  Long Term - Failure to invest in technologies

that are climate disaster resilient may result in

disruption to strategic priorities.

-  Quick response to and adoption of new

solutions results in progress to target,

increasing stakeholder confidence.

-  Sunk costs and unhappy clients, resulting

in a fall in consumer confidence, new

business and income.

-  Increased returns for both the company

and its clients.

-  Non-modernised platforms may dissuade

any potential new customers and

undermine strategic/business plan targets.

-  Integration of ESG and

sustainability policy

considerations within broader

strategic and business planning,

commercial and tactical initiatives

-  Responsible technology

policies and practices with clear

decommissioning arrangements.

Market

-  Short Term - Customer desire to shift portfolio

towards companies/investments with clear

ESG direction.

-  Medium Term - Increased costs of fossil fuels

for everyday customer activities e.g. travel and

heating

-  Long Term - Certain markets become obsolete

as scarcity increases and/or stringent

regulations make investing in them ineligible.

-  Failure to provide clarity on ESG may

cause customers to transfer their

investments to competitors.

-  Customers have less disposable income

to invest resulting in less fees generated by

the company and thus falling profits.

-  Failure to adapt in line with changing

market sentiment may reduce or negate

investment returns.

-  Transparent reporting and

stakeholder communication

practices

-  Distribution and product

development strategies which

anticipate changing sentiments

and demands

-  Stress and scenario testing

addressing forward-looking risks

supporting identification/analysis

of emerging challenges and

barriers to business

Type Climate Related Risks and Opportunities Potential Financial Impacts Mitigants

Transition Risks

Policy and Legal

Reputation

-  Short - Medium Term - Shift in the wants and

needs of company stakeholders.

-  Medium Term - Failure to show improvement

and progress towards ESG targets may result

in lack of investor confidence.

-  Long Term - Loss of market share to

competitors as they approach their net zero

targets with real progress while we fall wide of

ours.

-  Failure to satisfy stakeholder needs or

priorities, resulting in unplanned expense/

operating costs.

-  Share price begins to fall, with existing

investors exiting and dissuading new

investors.

-  Competitive positioning undermined due

to failure to demonstrate commitment to

ESG principles and objectives.

-  Strong governance, risk

management and internal control

frameworks to ensure effective

horizon scanning, analysis

of foreseeable change and

emerging risks

-  Integration of ESG and

sustainability policy

considerations within broader

strategic and business planning,

commercial and tactical

initiatives

-  Iterative review and improvement

of ESG/sustainability strategy

Physical Risks

Acute

-  All Terms - Increased risk and geographical

coverage of extreme weather events such as

flooding, cyclones/hurricanes and heat waves.

-  Customers have less disposable income

to invest, due to costs of event recovery,

resulting in decreased appetite for

products and decreased revenues.

-  Anticipation of, or actual destructive

weather events, may result in strategic,

business plan and/or operational

disruptions and unplanned expense.

-  Strong governance, risk

management and internal control

frameworks to ensure effective

horizon scanning, analysis

of foreseeable change and

emerging risks

-  Integration of ESG and

sustainability policy

considerations within broader

strategic and business planning,

commercial and tactical

initiatives

Chronic

-  Medium - Long Term - Widescale

environmental damage results in scarcity of

multiple resources.

-  Long Term - Habitability of certain locations

becomes unsustainable, resulting in loss of life

or mass migration.

-  Permanent increases in cost of operating

as scarcity increases price may result in

diminished profits and potentially make

continuation of business unsustainable.

-  Failure to adapt to a worldwide shift in

demographic could result in significant

loss of business and sustainability of future

plans.

-  Expense stresses emerging from

medium and long term climate

risks considered via ORSA and

pre-emptive risk analysis

-  Integration of ESG and

sustainability policy

considerations within broader

strategic and business planning,

commercial and tactical

initiatives

Whilst climate-related issues have not presented a material impact

to the Group’s financial performance or position to the date of

reporting, scenario testing during the year ended 30 June 2024 was

calibrated to consider extreme but plausible stresses, reasonably

foreseeable within the forecast period, arising via the physical and

transition events described above. Scenario testing combined

market stresses with lower production and a recurring increase in

expenses. The results of testing confirmed that, in the absence of

mitigating measures, a multi-factor scenario could have the potential

to disrupt key financial metrics, compared to base plan targets, due

to reduced sales volumes and compromise of planned expense

savings, with a deteriorating trajectory. Overall modelling provided

a compelling view of the value attaching to the Group’s climate and

broader sustainability risk management and mitigation measures.

On this basis, whilst the transition to a low-carbon economy is not

expected to generate critical impacts for our business model

![]()

56

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

#### continued

Simultaneously the Board have recognised that there are clear strategic and commercial opportunities and benefits, both primary and

secondary, associated with embracing a strategic response to sustainability issues:

or financial performance the Group’s work in anticipation of and

preparation for broader sustainability reporting, including non-

climate related sustainability disclosures, will strengthen analysis

of reasonably foreseeable risks and impacts on a broader ESG

spectrum. The results of this work will enhance the resilience of

the Group’s management and mitigation strategies, ensuring that

both short- and long-term financial planning and strategic decision-

making take account of the growing significance of sustainability

risks and opportunities under five key risk dimensions, which include

economic risks, environmental risks, geopolitical risks, societal risks

and technological risks.

Further maturity of data and analytics will remain a priority for the

2025 financial year and will continue to deliver more substantive

understanding of the range and plausibility of subordinate risks and

opportunities within the main exposure categories and their capacity

to impact specific areas of the Group’s business, over the identified

short, medium and long-term time horizons. Consideration will then

be given to the extent to which these issues might crystallise as a

material financial impact for the Group and its stakeholders. This

will include further analysis of climate-related issues that affect the

geographical regions in which we generate revenues – on a current

and forward-looking basis, to enable more geographically specific

disclosures, where these prove to be useful and value adding.

The Group is continuing its work towards achieving its aims of

reductions in gross GHG emissions, which have been established

and approved by the Board via work undertaken during the 2024

reporting period. These are intended to create a solid foundation for

the shaping of our initiatives and the actions needed to mitigate the

Group’s environmental impact through the gross reduction of Scope

1, 2 and 3 emissions on a long-term, sustainable basis, recognising

that their effectiveness and integrity are as significant as the pace

of their achievement. Whilst we have reduced emissions over the

reporting period (as described in Pillar 4 below), and it remains the

aim of the Group to continue to reduce emissions, in the interim

investing in carbon offsets has been important. This is further

described in Pillar 4 below.

Figure 7

#### Business Benefits

Engender

better staff

engagement

Positive

contribution to

climate change

mitigation

Attract and

retain

employees

Build a more

sustainable

business

Enhance brand

and reputation

Cost reduction

• Various studies have shown that employees

show higher levels of commitment, loyalty,

trust, engagement, and are more satisfied with

their jobs within a socially and environmentally

responsible business.

• Taking action to reduce our carbon footprint

has a direct benefit in creating a healthier

environment for people to live and work

within.

• Within the Gen Z and Millennial generations,

the success of a business is not just measured

by profits, but the overall impact the business

has. So, to meet this expectation, there is a

drive to be more sustainable.

• By implementing more sustainable practices

and have a long-term view, the assumption is

that the business will become more

sustainable.

• As a service provider, we don’t have large

operational costs, but where we can reduce our

consumption and waste, it will have cost savings

(business travel, electricity, stationary etc.).

• Connecting with the community builds trust

and enhances our reputation, leads to

collaboration opportunities for growth and

helps to mitigate risk linked to social issues.

Governance benefits

Social benefits

Environmental benefits

Figure 7

Business Benefits

Regulatory

compliance

Improve

productivity

Increase

growth

Reduce

business risk

Satisfy investor

demands for

transparency

• Anticipating changes linked to sustainability,

such as climate and social change, will help us

to adapt to and reduce our exposure to those

risks.

• Working from home flexibility and volunteer

days helps to provide a better work / life

balance that suits the various needs of our

employees, leading to a more productive and

fulfilled workforce.

• By implementing more sustainable practices

we will have a stronger platform for future

growth.

• Building transparency will support our disclosure

obligations in respect of climate related risk, and

broader social, environmental and governance

risks and contribute to stakeholder satisfaction.

• Staying ahead of ESG related regulation and

anticipating change will help the business to

engage with regulatory objectives and intent as

well achieving compliant practices.

A sustainable

supply chain

• Choosing suppliers who share the same values

and align to the same targets will help us to

fulfil our targets and create stronger

relationships with those suppliers.

![]()

57

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Pillar 3 – Risk Management

As with all businesses, the Group is exposed to risk in respect of

its strategic and business plan objectives. The Board has overall

responsibility for the Group’s system of risk management and

internal control and for reviewing their effectiveness, supported

by the governance structures, and reporting arrangements of

the ERM Framework. These have been adapted to assist with

the identification and management of sustainability related risks,

enabling the Group to readily apply its well-established and

embedded risk management conventions and processes to identify,

understand and assess relevant risks and opportunities in a manner

consistent with the approach for all other risks to which the Group

is or may be exposed. The ‘Schedule of Powers Reserved to the

Board’ ensures that the Directors are responsible for determining,

evaluating, and controlling the nature and extent of such risks and

opportunities, including both quantifiable and non-quantifiable risks,

and for assessing the effectiveness of the Group’s ERM Framework.

An overview of the associated protocols is set out below.

The overall scope of, responsibilities for, and approach to risk

management, through which the Group’s risk management activities,

processes and procedures are to be directed and controlled,

are set out within the ERM Policy, which governs the consistent

identification, measurement, assessment, management, monitoring

and reporting of all risks. The Board recognises the need to ensure

that the risk management system is effective and well-integrated

into the Group’s structure and decision-making processes, with

clear accountability and ownership for risk management. On this

basis the ERM Framework seeks to add value through embedding

risk management and effective internal control systems as

continuous and developing processes within strategy setting,

programme level functions and day-to-day operating activities. The

ERM Framework also acknowledges the significance of operating

culture and values in relation to risk management and their impact

on the overall effectiveness of the internal control framework.

The Policy objectives and conventions of the ERM Framework,

which are mature and well embedded, guide and govern the

identification, assessment, management, monitoring and reporting

of risks. These conventions are actively supporting the work

to accommodate and integrate focus on and quantification of

sustainability related risks and exposures at strategic, programme

and operational level such that layers of core activity support each

other and the relative significance of climate-related risks, within

the context of the broader risk portfolio, can be determined. This

is enabled by the application of risk appetite metrics, tolerance

thresholds and ultimate boundaries, which are used to quantify risk

issues and emerging risks with outputs reported to the Board on at

least a quarterly basis.

Within this context, and consistent with the Group’s ERM protocols,

risk management processes are undertaken on both a top-down

and bottom-up basis. The top-down aspect involves the Board

assessing, analysing, and evaluating what it believes to be the

principal risks facing the Group. The bottom-up approach involves

the identification, review, and monitoring of current and forward-

looking risks, including climate-related and broader sustainability

risks on a continuing basis at functional and divisional levels, with

analysis and formal reporting to the quarterly Group Risk Forum,

and onward analytical reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee.

The Audit and Risk Committee receives regular reporting from the

Group’s Chief Risk Officer in relation to the outcome of periodic risk

assessments undertaken by management in line with the governing

principles and practices of the ERM Framework.

The ‘Risk Universe’ captures the range of material inherent risks,

which are identified as having the capacity to prevent or limit

the achievement of business objectives, taking into account the

recommendations of the Group Risk Forum, the Audit and Risk

Committees and the Chief Risk Officer. The ‘Risk Universe’ supports

the structure and functioning of both the ERM Framework and the

Board Approved Risk Appetite Statement. Effective maintenance

of the Risk Universe is dependent upon strategic and business

objectives over appropriate time horizons being actively maintained.

The Group’s material inherent risks are classified into five main risk

categories and then grouped into categories of subordinate risk,

with the Risk Appetite Framework sharing the same structure. This

taxonomy of risks strengthens the monitoring of risk appetite as it

is reflective of the nature of the risks to which the Group is or could

be exposed in the pursuit of its business objectives and corporate

strategies. Risk identification, measurement, monitoring, managing,

and reporting under the Group’s ERM Framework are based on

this taxonomy and the approach enables a holistic and integrated

view of climate-related risks and those with a broader sustainability

nexus.

Risk Appetite is the aggregate level and types of risk the Board is

prepared to accept, within risk capacity, before action is deemed

necessary to reduce the risk. Risk Appetite represents the balance

between the potential benefits and rewards of commercial

decision-making and innovation versus the threats that change,

and development inevitably bring. Risk Capacity is the maximum

level of risk at which the Group can operate, whilst remaining within

constraints implied by capital, funding needs and the expectation of

shareholders.

The Board has an agreed Risk Appetite Statement, structured

according to the taxonomies described above, which is

comprehensive and clear to all stakeholders. Where the Board sets

its Risk Appetite at principal risk category level, such Risk Appetite

is applicable to the aggregate of the sub-risks within the specific

Risk Category. The Group’s Risk Appetite over the short, medium,

and long-term time horizons is reviewed annually.

For some risks within the Group’s risk universe, such as strategic,

reputational group and some aspects of climate risks, the holding

of capital by itself is considered by the Board to be an inappropriate

mitigating measure. The governance, risk management and internal

control mechanisms, which constitute the ERM Programme,

promote the capture and analysis of non-quantifiable risks with

assessment against the respective risk appetite metrics approved by

![]()

58

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

#### continued

the Board. This approach, driven by ERM protocols, ensures that

all risks within the risk universe (quantifiable and non-quantifiable)

are treated with equivalence and reporting on risks is not limited

to those which only support calculation of solvency requirements.

This methodology allows the nature of the Group’s principal and

subordinate risks, relative to strategic and business objectives

to be considered via stress and scenario testing and movements

in Hansard’s risk profile, relative to risk appetite, to be identified,

managed, monitored and reported on a continuing basis. Additional

details of stress and scenario testing relating to climate risks are

described above as part of Pillar 2 – Strategy.

To demonstrate whether the Group is being managed in accordance

with the Board’s approved Risk Appetite, periodic risk appetite

tolerance assessments are carried out and reported to the Audit and

Risk Committee.

Further details on the Company’s overall ERM Framework can be

found in the Risk Management and Internal Control section on

pages 20 to 22 and in the Principal Risks section on pages 23 to 27.

![]()

59

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Pillar 4 – Metrics and Targets

The Group aims to promote sustainable business practices on a

holistic basis, including controlling and reducing environmental

impacts. In order to be meaningful this requires an informed

understanding of climate-related considerations, such as physical

and transition risks, climate resilience and GHG targets, and a

substantive assessment of the Group’s generated emissions,

together with recognition of the value for all stakeholders in the

use of clear, meaningful metrics to measure and manage climate-

related risks and opportunities. The Group’s metrics and targets are

intended to evidence and demonstrate how the Group is working

to achieve reductions in its energy use (measured in tCO2e),

consequent emissions and environmental impacts and establish

sustainable business practices. To calculate our emissions, we

follow the Greenhouse Gas Protocol (GHGP) Corporate Standard.

Under this Protocol we categorise emissions on the following basis:

■ Scope 1: Direct emissions from gas, refrigerants, and owned

vehicles.

■ Scope 2: Indirect emissions from the generation of acquired and

consumed electricity, which are a consequence of our activities,

but originate at sources owned or controlled by another

organisation; and

■ Scope 3: Value-chain emissions, having regard to both upstream

activities – typically business travel, employee commuting,

waste generation, purchased goods and services and capital

goods, and the downstream impacts of our business – typically

linked to investments made or enabled by the Life Companies of

the Group.

Benefitting from the relationship established over the last two

years, we have again worked with the Environmental Sustainability

Index (ESI) Monitor, utilising their online application FutureTracker,

to upload and record our environmental footprint data, across

Scopes 1, 2 and 3 and provide useful industry benchmarking. The

subsequent 2024 Environmental Footprint Report is then used to

inform our Metric and Target Pillar disclosures and enable refinement

of our sustainability goals and associated policy objectives. Data for

the financial year ended 30 June 2024 is set out in figure 9 below,

representing the most relevant and applicable data in respect of

emissions for which Hansard is responsible via its energy use,

measured in tCO2e. This does not currently include measurement of

other GHG’s identified under GHGP or incorporate CO2 equivalent

measurements.

Scope Description 2024 (tCO

2

e) 2023 (tCO

2

e) 2022 (tCO

2

e)

1

Emissions from gas, refrigerants and owned vehicles

- Fugitive Emissions 0.46 0.50 10.6

- Static Combustion - 4.90 5.30

- Mobile Combustion 0.10 0.70 0.90

Gross Measurable Scope 1 Emissions 0.56 6.10 16.80

2 Electricity emissions purchased electricity factor - (market based) 47.90 94.10 104.60

Gross Measurable Scope 2 Emissions 47.19 94.10 104.60

3

Emissions relating to activities within our wider value chain:

Business Travel 114.50 156.40 N/A

Employee Commute 94.40 86.50 N/A

Working from Home Emissions 7.50 10.10 N/A

Gross Measurable Scope 3 Emissions 216.40 253.00 N/A

Gross Total Company Emissions 264.15 353.20 121.40

Carbon Offsets Purchased (500.00) (378.60) (121.40)

Net Measurable Scope 1, 2 and 3 Emissions (235.85) (25.4) -

Figure 9: 2024 Carbon Footprint Results

![]()

60

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Hansard Global plc Climate-Related

# Financial Disclosures Report, 2024

#### continued

Our Scope 1 and 2 reporting total includes data from our Isle of

Man, Ireland, and Japan offices. Our largest emissions impact in

relation to Scope 1 and 2 continues to be our electricity usage,

although this has decreased by 49% compared to the last reporting

period. The reduction in our Scope 2 emissions is due to the sale of

our warehouse. This, in turn, has also reduced our Scope 1 mobile

combustion emissions as we were able to reduce the usage of

our company vehicle. More significantly, our data centre provider

switched their electricity tariff to the Guaranteed Green Tariff.

The Guaranteed Green Tariff is a verified local tariff that ensures

renewable energy is fed into the Isle of Man national grid to cover

the number of units consumed by our data centre. We continue to

engage with the landlord of our head office to investigate options to

utilise the Guaranteed Green Tariff. We already purchase renewable

energy for our Ireland based office and will investigate options for

our office in Japan in the coming financial period.

In addition to our total emissions in tCO2e, we have calculated

our average emissions per fulltime employee for Scope 1 and 2

to be 0.26 tCO2e, a 50% decrease from 0.52 tCO2e in 2023. The

emissions per fulltime employee differ across our office locations

due to the electricity usage in each location.

In relation to our Scope 3 emissions, we have maintained our

disclosure position by calculating and disclosing our more readily

measurable emissions, under GHGP Categorisations, including

Business Travel (Category 6) and Employee Commuting and

Working from Home (Category 7) emissions. We are targeting

continued improvements in the capture and measurement of

all relevant and applicable upstream and downstream Scope

3 emissions during the 2025 financial year, which will require

collaboration with external stakeholders.

Emissions relating to hotel stays has been omitted from current

Category 6 reporting, as we continue to compile complete and

accurate data to enable us to capture, record and mitigate

associated emissions. As such, 2024 metrics will not be considered

a gross Scope 3 baseline, with baselines instead being applied

to each activity as reliable data becomes more readily available

and measurable. The Group’s 2023 reported Scope 3 metrics are

therefore considered the baselines for Category 6 and 7 emissions

respectively, subject to any adjustments that may be required once

the accommodation element of business travel becomes more

readily quantifiable.

For Scope 3, the primary contributor to our measured Carbon

Footprint continues to be business travel, at 53% of our total

measurable Scope 3 emissions, and 44% of the Group’s total

emissions. However, there has been a significant reduction in the

distances travelled for business travel, and therefore associated

carbon emissions have reduced. Emissions associated with

employee commuting increased marginally, whilst emissions

associated with employee working from home decreased. The

Group continues to explore ways in which international travel can

be further reduced, exploiting the value of advances in digital

transformation solutions for engaging with clients, business partners

and remote working. Initiatives to support the reduction of emissions

relating to employee commuting are also being investigated.

Whilst we do not currently capture the Weighted Average Carbon

Intensity (WACI) metrics for our Assets Under Management (AUA) to

input under Category 15 of the GHGP requirements, we do provide

our Contract Owners and their Independent Financial Advisors (IFAs)

with two measures of sustainability using data from Morningstar

regarding the underlying external mutual funds that are notionally

linked to our Hansard Unit-linked Fund range, i.e:

■ The ‘Morningstar Sustainability Rating’, which provides a

framework for comparing thousands of mutual funds and

exchange-traded funds (ETFs) based on ESG standards, with

a clear, five tier, rating scale to indicate where a fund stands

regarding ESG comparative to its industry group.

■ The Morningstar ‘Low Carbon Designation’ is assigned to

mutual funds and ETFs that have low carbon-risk scores and

low levels of fossil-fuel exposure. The designation is an indicator

that the companies held in a portfolio of a mutual funds or ETF

are in general alignment with the transition to a low-carbon

economy.

As we continue work to reduce our GHG emissions, the Board and

Executive Committee considered and approved a recommendation

presented to the 2024 Strategy Days, to make an investment of 500

tCO2e in carbon offset programs, to contribute to the mitigation

of the Group’s measured Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions for the 2024

Financial Year, whilst acknowledging that reducing our emissions

should be the priority over purchasing offsets. As a result, the Group

purchased 250 tCO2e verified carbon offset credits in both the

Ecofiltro Clean Water and Sabah Rainforest Rehabilitation projects,

both in geographical locations where our clients and offices are

based, to achieve net zero for measurable Scope 1, 2 and 3

emissions as set out in the table above.

Our decision to purchase carbon offsets as a way of mitigating our

net impact has led to the Company determining revised strategic

parameters for emission reductions gross of offset. These will

be refined and formalised via the 2025 cycle of risk appetite

metric calibrations, seeking absolute based targets, referenced to

respective baselines, framed around the following ambitions:

•  We will aim to reduce Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 50% by

2030, and by 100% by 2050.

•  We will aim to reduce Scope 3 emissions excluding those relating

to our AuA\* by 50% by 2035 and 100% by 2050\*.

For clarity, Scopes 1 and 2 will continue to use 2022 as the baseline,

while our Scope 3 metrics will inform future reporting. Baseliner

metrics we disclose in future annual reports will be set at the time.

The Group continues to investigate ways in which we can capture

further data to be able to provide additional metrics in future, such

as those relating to waste management, water usage, and any other

areas that will help to manage our overall environmental impact.

![]()

61

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

There are no current material financial exposures arising out of our

carbon emission levels in terms of specified regulatory caps or direct

taxes. At present, our Executive Directors’ remuneration packages

are not tied to performance against ESG metrics. We also do not

produce any internal carbon pricing, as we do not consider it to be

applicable to our current business model.

\* We have not set an ambition at this stage for emissions relating

to AuA. These investments are chosen by our clients or by their

advisors. However, we will look for opportunities to assist clients

and financial advisers in addressing climate-related data challenges

relating to their investments. We will aim to define target reductions

for our guided architecture AuA during the 2025 reporting period,

recognising that this will involve establishing a substantive

understanding of the emission measures for our existing investment

portfolio and the Group’s capacity to influence more environmentally

considerate investment decision making. As we progress this work,

we will continue to make reference to the driving principles and

objectives of new and emerging regulatory developments in this

area, such as the FCA’s Sustainability Disclosure Requirements. This

approach ensures we are aware of industry and regulatory progress,

even where these may not be directly applicable to the Group.

Stakeholder Engagement and

#### Board Decision Making

We recognise our obligations to adopt a responsible attitude

towards our stakeholders in operating our business. As well as

shareholders, key stakeholders include employees, contract holders,

distribution partners, service providers and the communities in

which we operate. The Board seeks to understand the views of

such stakeholders in making any key decisions in accordance

with the Code. The Board considers that the Group demonstrates

a balanced approach in its decision making and that Hansard’s

policies and actions fulfil the Group’s obligations.

The Board is accountable to the shareholders for creating and

delivering value through the effective governance of the business.

The Group places considerable importance on developing its

relationships with our shareholders and it aims to achieve this by

way of the following regular communication activities:

■ regular dialogue with major institutional shareholders, both

directly and through the Company’s advisors.

■ market announcements, corporate presentations and other

Company information which are available on our website at

www.hansard.com; and

■ the Annual Report and Accounts issued to all registered

shareholders, either in hard copy or electronically for those that

have elected to receive it in that form.

The CEO and Chair typically meet with the investor community,

major shareholders, and analysts at various points throughout the

year.

In addition, the Chair of each Committee is available to meet or

correspond with major shareholders to discuss any areas of concern

not resolved through normal channels of investor communication.

There were no significant areas of concern raised during the 2024

financial year. Arrangements can be made to meet with the Chair

through the CFO or Company Secretary.

The Board is equally interested in communications with private

shareholders and the CFO oversees communication with these

investors. All information reported to the regulatory information

services is simultaneously published on the Company’s website,

affording the widest possible access to Company announcements.

The Board receives regular feedback on the views of shareholders

on the Company from its executive team after meetings with those

shareholders, as well as from reports from the Company’s corporate

brokers, the Chair, and the Senior Independent Director.

By Order of the Board

Hazel Stewart, Company Secretary

25 September 2024

![]()

62

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Report of the Audit & Risk Committee

#### Purpose and Terms of Reference

This report provides details of the role of the Group Audit and

Risk Committee and the work it has undertaken during the year.

The primary function of the Audit and Risk Committee is to assist

the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities to protect the interests of

shareholders with regard to the integrity of financial reporting, risk

management and internal controls and overseeing the relationship

with the external auditor. The role, responsibilities and work of the

Committee can best be understood by reference to its written terms

of reference. These are published on the Company’s website,

www.hansard.com.

Key responsibilities include:

■ monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the

Group, including its annual and interim reports and other formal

announcements relating to its financial performance.

■ reviewing and reporting to the Board on significant financial

reporting issues, accounting policies and judgements.

■ reviewing summary financial statements, significant financial

returns to regulators and any other financial information

contained in certain other documents.

■ recommending to the Board the appointment, re-appointment

and removal of the external auditor and approving the terms of

engagement and remuneration.

■ monitoring the independence of the external auditor and the

provision of non-audit services.

■ monitoring the effectiveness and objectivity of the internal and

external auditors.

■ reviewing the Group’s systems and controls for the prevention of

bribery and procedures for detection of fraud.

■ reviewing the effectiveness of internal financial controls and risk

management systems relating to financial reporting; and

■ reviewing annually the Group’s internal audit requirements and

budget.

#### Composition and Structure

At the date of this report, the members of the Committee were

the Group’s Independent Non-executive Directors being David

Peach, Jose Ribeiro and Noel Harwerth. David Peach is the Chair

of the Committee. The Board is satisfied that during the year, and

at the date of this report, at least one member of the Committee

has competence in accounting and all members of the Committee

have considerable recent and relevant financial experience and

competence relevant to the sector in which the Company operates.

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee. The

Chair of the Committee reports to each subsequent meeting of the

Board on the Committee’s work and the Board receives a copy of the

minutes of each meeting of the Committee.

#### Meetings and Frequency

The Committee met on four occasions during the financial year. The

members’ attendance record is set out in the Corporate Governance

Report.

During the year, the Chair invited the Group CFO, the other Non-

executive Directors, the Head of Internal Audit and KPMG Audit

LLC (“KPMG”) (the external auditor) to attend all meetings of the

Committee. Other members of senior management, including the

Group Chief Executive Officer, the Group Chief Actuary and the

Head of Group Risk and Compliance were also invited to attend as

appropriate.

It is the Committee’s practice to meet separately, at least once a

year, with both the Internal Audit function and with the engagement

partner of the external auditor, without any members of management

being present. In addition, outside the structure of formal meetings,

David Peach has had separate meetings throughout the year directly

with the external auditor and the Internal Audit function. David also

meets and has regular contact with the Chief Executive Officer, the

Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Actuary and the Chief Risk Officer.

In performing its duties, the Committee has access to the services

of the Internal Audit Function, the Company Secretary and, if

required, external professional advisers.

#### Subsidiary Company Audit & Risk Committees

Each of the Group’s life assurance subsidiaries has established an

audit and risk committee that provides an oversight role for its own

business. The chair of each of those committees is an Independent

Non-executive Director of the relevant company. Each committee

operated throughout the financial year and considered specifically

the reporting of outsourced services and the valuation of contract

holder liabilities, having regard to the opinion of the Chief Actuary.

The minutes of the meetings of those committees are available to

the Group Audit and Risk Committee which monitors in particular

the adherence of the subsidiaries to regulatory requirements.

#### Committee Activities During the Financial Year

1. Review of Accounting and Reporting

During the financial year the Committee:

■ agreed the annual audit plan with the external auditor,

considered the auditor’s reports and monitored management

actions in response to the issues raised.

■ reviewed the annual and half-yearly report and accounts,

including the external auditor’s reports, and associated

announcements.

■ reviewed the reports and projections of the head of actuarial

function and considered any implications for disclosures.

■ monitored the submission of key regulatory returns.

■ monitored compliance with the relevant parts of the UK

Corporate Governance Code, the effectiveness of internal

controls and reporting procedures for risk management

processes.

![]()

63

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

■ continued to monitor the application of the Group’s policy on

whistleblowing, reporting where relevant to the Board; and

■ reviewed other Stock Exchange reporting prior to publication of

each announcement.

Whilst reviewing the annual and half-yearly report and accounts,

the Committee focussed on the following areas where significant

financial judgements were required:

■ the accounting principles, policies, assumptions, and practices

adopted.

■ judgements exercised in the production of the financial results

including the valuation of certain financial investments, deferred

origination costs and deferred income, and the appropriateness

of key actuarial assumptions within financial and regulatory

reporting.

■ the impact of the ongoing geopolitical position with respect

to valuation and provisioning issues, longer term actuarial

assumptions of contract holder behaviour and going concern

disclosures.

■ the status of known or potential litigation claims against the

Group including accounting treatment in the financial statements

and judgements made on whether to recognise a provision or

contingent liability; and

■ the carrying amount of the investment in subsidiaries in the

Parent Company including an assessment of whether any

impairment should be recognised.

To assist the Committee’s review of key judgements around the

accounting for litigation-related contingent liabilities, expert input

was received from its legal advisors.

2. Review of Internal Audit

The Head of Internal Audit reports to the Audit and Risk Committee

on the effectiveness of the Group’s systems of risk management and

internal control, the adequacy of those systems to manage business

risk and to safeguard the Group’s assets and resources. The Internal

Audit Department provides objective assurance on risks and controls

to the Committee.

The plans, the level of resources and the budget of the Internal

Audit Department are reviewed at least annually by the Committee.

During the financial year the Committee monitored and reviewed the

effectiveness and independence of the Internal Audit Department,

including consideration of the plan of assurance and consulting

activities (including changes thereof) and results from completed

audits and concluded that the Department was fit for purpose.

3. Review of External Audit

KPMG Audit LLC (KPMG) was appointed as external auditor in 2020

following a tender process held in 2019. The Committee does not

consider a tender process is required at present.,

KPMG was re-appointed as auditor for the year ended 30 June 2024

following shareholder approval at the 2023 AGM.

The Group has in place a policy to ensure the independence and

objectivity of the external auditor. During the year, the Committee

performed its annual review of the independence, effectiveness, and

objectivity of KPMG, assessing the audit firm, the audit partner, and

the audit teams. This is performed through written documentation

provided by KPMG which is discussed and challenged where

appropriate by the Committee.

The Committee was satisfied with its compliance with the Code and

other relevant legislation for the year ended 30 June 2024.

Based on the Committee’s review and with input from Group

management and Internal Audit, the Committee concluded that the

audit service of KPMG was fit for purpose and provided a robust

overall examination of the Group’s business and its associated

financial reporting.

The Committee monitored compliance with the Group policy for the

provision of non-audit services by the external auditor. This policy

aims to ensure that external auditor objectivity and independence is

safeguarded and sets out the categories of non-audit services which

the external auditor is allowed to provide to the Group. Financial

limits for non-audit related advice and consultancy work by the

external audit firm apply to each company in the Group with a limit

of £25,000 per company per year. Non-audit assignments exceeding

the agreed limits, either individually or cumulatively, must have the

prior approval of the Group Audit and Risk Committee. During the

year, the Committee approved audit related assurance services

relating to Solvency II and the Isle of Man’s risk-based solvency

regime.

Details of the amount paid to the external auditors during the year

for audit and non-audit related services are set out in note 8 to the

consolidated financial statements.

4. Review of Internal Controls

The Committee has reported to the Board regarding the review of the

Group’s risk management and internal control systems. No material

issues were noted.

The Committee considered events during the year and to the date

of signing of the Annual Report and Accounts, including internal

reporting structures together with reporting from Internal Audit,

external audit and the Chief Actuary.

The Committee is cognisant of the changes implemented in the UK

Corporate Governance Code 2024 that relate to internal controls.

5. Review of Committee Performance

As part of the external Board performance review this year, the

performance of the Audit and Risk Committee was reviewed. There

were no areas of significant concern, and it was concluded that the

Committee had effectively fulfilled its role.

For the Board

David Peach

Chair of Audit & Risk Committee

25 September 2024

![]()

64

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Report of the Nominations Committee

This report provides details of the role of the Nominations

Committee and the work it has undertaken during the year.

#### Purpose and Terms of Reference

The role, responsibilities and work of the Committee can best be

understood by reference to its written terms of reference. These are

published on the Company’s website. A summary is set out below:

■ to regularly review the structure, size and composition required

of the Board (including a review of the scope to further promote

diversity of skills, social and ethnic background, nationality,

experience, cognitive and personal strengths, knowledge,

outlook, approach, and gender) and the membership of the

Committees and make recommendations to the Board with

regard to any changes.

■ to consider succession planning processes for Directors and

executive management positions and the opportunities available

to the Company to further promote diversity and inclusion; and

■ to be responsible for identifying and nominating for the approval

of the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when

they arise.

The Committee keeps under review the balance of skills on the

Board and the knowledge, experience, length of service and

performance of the Directors. It also reviews their external interests

with a view to identifying any actual, perceived, or potential

conflicts of interests, including the time available to commit to their

duties to the Company. Prior to accepting any additional external

appointments Directors are required to seek the Board’s approval.

The Committee regularly reviews the structure, size and composition

of the Board and Board Committees. This review considers the

knowledge, skills and experience of the Directors, and the diversity

on the Board and each of its Committees, to ensure they are

effective in meeting current and future challenges. The skills and

experience of the Board are mapped against desired skills using

objective criteria to create a skills matrix.

The Group ensures that each of its companies is compliant

with relevant applicable legislation relating to health and safety,

employment legislation including sex, race, and other discrimination

rules, in striving to be an equal opportunity employer. The Group’s

recruitment process seeks to find candidates most suited for the

job.

The Group respects the dignity of individuals and their beliefs and

does not tolerate any sexual, racial, physical or any other form of

harassment of employees nor tolerate any discrimination in the

workplace.

#### Membership

At the date of this report, the members of the Committee were the

Independent Non-executive Directors David Peach, Jose Ribeiro

and Noel Harwerth, and the Non-executive Group Chair, Philip Kay.

Philip Kay is Chair of the Committee.

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee. The

Chair of the Committee reports to each subsequent meeting of the

Board on the Committee’s work and the Board receives a copy of

the minutes of each meeting of the Committee.

#### Activities of the Committee During the Year

The Committee met on four occasions during the year. The members’

attendance record is set out in the Corporate Governance Report.

During the year the Committee considered the following:

■ considered and accepted the resignation of Christine

Theodorovics as Independent Non-executive Director and

commenced the process for the recruitment of a successor.

■ considered and accepted the resignation of Ailish Sherlin as

Chief Actuary and the appointment of Alan Canny as successor.

■ reviewed the structure, size, and composition of the Board.

■ reviewed the skills, experience, and knowledge of each Board

member and of the Board as a whole.

■ reviewed the time commitment required from the Chair and Non-

executive Directors to fulfil their roles.

■ instructed Boston Limited to conduct a Board Performance

Review by way of a survey sent to all Directors plus the

Company Secretary and Chief Risk Officer.

■ appointed Sapphire Partners, who have no connection to the

Company or individual Directors, to support the search for a

replacement Independent Non-executive Director.

■ considered and accepted the resignation of Graham Sheward as

Group CEO and executive Director.

■ considered and appointed Thomas Morfett as Group CEO.

■ considered and appointed Noel Harwerth as successor for

Christine Theodorovics as Independent Non-executive Director.

#### Directors’ Appointments and Induction

The Board has a formal procedure in respect of the appointment of

new Directors, with the Nominations Committee leading the process

and making recommendations to the Board. The Company has in

place an induction programme for new Directors to provide them

with a full, formal, and tailored induction on joining the Board, which

ensures that they attain sufficient knowledge of the Company to

discharge their duties and responsibilities effectively.

![]()

65

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Diversity

The Committee and Board acknowledges the importance of diversity, including gender diversity, for the Company. The Board acknowledges

the FCA Policy Statement on Diversity and Inclusion on company boards and executive management, which sets out targets as follows:

•  At least 40% of the board are women.

•  At least one of the following senior board positions is held by a woman - Chair, Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Senior Independent

Director (SID) or Chief Financial Officer (CFO); and

•  At least one board member is from a minority ethnic background, defined by reference to the categories recommended by the Office for

National Statistics, excluding those listed as coming from a White ethnic background.

For the purposes of making the disclosures set out below, data was collected through self-reported submissions from the Board and

Executive Comittee.

Number of board

members

Percentage

of the board

Number of senior

positions in the

board (CEO, CFO,

SID and Chair

Number in

Executive

management

Percentage

of Executive

management

Men 5 80% 4 6 67%

Women 1 20% 0 3 33%

Not specified/prefer

not to say

White British 3 60% 3 9 100%

White other

(including minority-

white groups)

2 20% 1

Mixed/Multiple

Ethnic Groups

Asian/Asian British

Black/African/

Caribbean/

Black British

Other ethnic group,

including Arab

1 20%

Not specified/prefer

not to say

The Company is committed to increasing diversity at board level. Supported by an independent executive search firm we are in the process

of appointing two experienced female Independent Non-executive Directors to the Board. The first appointment is Noel Harwerth, who was

appointed to the Board on 23 September, and we expect to announce the second appointment later in the calendar year.

#### Review of Committee Performance

The Chair had regular meetings during the year with the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief Financial Officer, and the Non-executive

Directors. In addition, after each Board meeting, the Chair held informal sessions with the full Board (without management being present) and

with only the Independent Non-executive and Non-executive Directors in attendance (without executive Directors being present). A review of

the performance of the Chair was performed by the Non-executive Directors led by the Senior Independent Director.

Philip Kay

Chair of the Nominations Committee

25 September 2024

![]()

66

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Report of the Remuneration Committee

This report provides details of the role of the Committee and the

work it has undertaken during the year.

#### Purpose and Terms of Reference

The key responsibilities of the Committee are to:

■ determine and make recommendations to the Board on the

overall remuneration policy and the remuneration packages

of the executive Directors, the Company Secretary, and such

other members of the Executive Committee as it considers

appropriate.

■ ensure that remuneration is designed to support strategy and

promote the long-term sustainable success of the Group.

■ review the executive Directors’ service contracts.

■ review the design and operation of share incentive schemes;

and

■ oversee any changes in employee benefit structures throughout

the Group.

As such the remuneration policy is designed to:

■ recognise the need to be competitive in an international market,

though taking account of the local knowledge and packages in

the UK and the Isle of Man.

■ support key business strategies and create a strong,

performance-orientated environment.

■ attract, motivate, and retain talent; and

■ be aligned to proper risk management consistent with risk

tolerance set out by the Board as part of its strategy.

The role, responsibilities and work of the Committee can best

be understood by reference to its terms of reference. These are

published on the Company’s website.

#### Membership

As at the date of this report, members of the Committee are the

Independent Non-executive Directors David Peach, Jose Ribeiro

and Noel Harwerth and the Non-executive Group Chair, Philip Kay.

The Committee is chaired by Jose Ribeiro.

The Company Secretary acts as the secretary to the Committee. The

Chair of the Committee reports to each subsequent meeting of the

Board on the Committee’s work and the Board receives a copy of

the minutes of each meeting of the Committee.

#### Activities of the Committee During the Year

During the year there were five meetings of the Committee. The

members’ attendance record is set out in the Corporate Governance

Report.

At the request of the Committee Chair, the CEO also attends

meetings and makes recommendations to the Committee regarding

changes to particular remuneration packages (excluding himself)

or to policies generally. Such recommendations are discussed

by the Committee and adopted or amended as it sees fit. The

Head of People and Culture provides all necessary support to the

Remuneration Committee in executing their duties.

At the request of the Committee, the Head of People and Culture

engaged with Polymetrix Ltd to provide benchmarking data on

remuneration. Polymetrix has no connection with the Company.

During the year the Committee also received advice from FIT

Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”). FIT was appointed to advise

the Committee in 2022. FIT has no other connection with the

Company (or its Directors) and the Committee is satisfied that the

advice received from FIT in the 2024 financial year was independent

and objective.

During the year and to the date of this report, the Committee

addressed issues concerning remuneration and incentive schemes

implemented by the Group, in particular:

■ agreed the weighting of the corporate performance objectives

for the bonus schemes for the year ended 30 June 2024 and

assessed achievement of these.

■ agreed awards to be made under bonus schemes for the year

ended 30 June 2024.

■ agreed executive Director bonuses for the year ended 30 June

2024.

■ reviewed Directors’ fees for the Company and subsidiary

appointments for the year ending 30 June 2024.

■ reviewed incentive provision.

■ reviewed employee benefits.

■ reviewed and approved the remuneration policy.

■ agreed the continuation of enhanced annual bonus provision for

2025 for Executive Directors (CEO and CFO).

■ agreed that share awards granted to date (393,300) under the

terms of the deferred bonus scheme for Graham Sheward would

vest on 31st December 2024. These were awards of shares in

respect of annual bonuses for 2022 and 2023; and

■ agreed the weighting of the corporate performance objectives

for the bonus schemes for the year ended 30 June 2025.

#### Summary of Remuneration Policy

As an Isle of Man registered company, the Company is not required

to present a remuneration policy in the format required by the UK

Companies Act. However, the following information is provided to

summarise the remuneration policy.

#### Policy on Salary of Executive Directors

It is the policy of the Committee to pay base salaries to the

Executive Directors at broadly market rates (taking account of

the Isle of Man location where relevant) compared with those

of executives of companies of a similar size and international

scope, whilst also taking into account the executives’ personal

![]()

67

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

performance and the performance of the Group. In addition, reliance

is placed on the People and Culture function to provide appropriate

benchmarking data.

The CEO salary was reviewed during 2023. After due care and

consideration, the Committee determined that the salary was

appropriate for the size and scope of the role on the basis of the

decision made on appointment to reflect a lower fixed base salary

with a higher variable element and therefore was not increased

following the review.

\* With effect from 2nd August 2024, Thomas Morfett was appointed

CEO and will receive a base salary of £250,000 per annum.

Cash-Settled Bonus Scheme

The Committee approved the continuation of a bonus scheme for

all employees. The terms of the scheme that became effective from

1 July 2018 incorporate targets for both company and individual

performance. Bonuses earned will be paid in the October following

the end of the financial year.

Deferred Bonus Scheme

Our executive Directors participate in a bespoke version of the firm-

wide bonus scheme that is overseen by the Committee. Potential

earnings under the bonus scheme for the executive Directors range

from nil to 100% of salary. On appointment of a new CFO, an

appropriate maximum annual bonus will be set, but not exceeding

100% of basic salary.

50% of any bonus awarded is paid in cash and 50% in shares

deferred for 3 years as governed by the shareholder-approved

deferred bonus scheme.

The deferred bonus scheme was approved at the AGM on 8

November 2016 and has been the only long-term element of

incentive pay operated by the Company.

All annual bonus payments are made at the discretion of the

Committee and the Committee has full discretion to override the

formulaic outcomes of any performance conditions that apply to

the annual bonus scheme should that be considered appropriate

in any case. Malus and clawback provisions may be operated as

appropriate in respect of cash amounts payable under the annual

bonus scheme or in respect of awards of deferred shares made

under the deferred bonus scheme. There was no operation of either

malus or clawback in the 2024 financial year.

Continuation of enhanced annual bonus

provision for 2025

Prior to the 2024 financial year, the Committee undertook a review

of incentive provision for our executive Directors and other senior

executives. While consideration was given to introducing a forward-

looking share-based long-term incentive (beyond our existing

deferred bonus plan) at market-normal levels for a company of

Hansard’s scale and business type, having considered the priorities

of the business and our shareholders, the Committee determined

that it was more practical and of greater benefit to shareholders

to provide for enhanced annual bonus potential for our executive

Directors rather than establishing a new share plan. This is intended

to provide appropriate incentive opportunities and a retention

mechanism for participants. This enhanced annual bonus potential

was first available for 2024 and will be available also for 2025.

Accordingly, for 2025, the maximum bonus potential available

to the CEO will be enhanced by a further 40% of base salary, to

provide 140% of base salary as the maximum annual bonus. This

enhanced maximum annual bonus opportunity may also be made

available to the new CFO following appointment. The annual bonus

plan remains overseen by the Committee, and the Committee will

ensure that the element within the 2024/25 annual bonus relating

to this enhanced potential will be available only if demanding

performance metrics (which may include financial, shareholder

value and strategic non-financial measures) are achieved to the

Committee’s satisfaction. Any amounts payable under the enhanced

potential are payable in cash.

SAYE Share-Save Programme

No options over shares were exercised under the Scheme rules

during the year (2023: nil).

At the date of this report, the following options remain outstanding

under each tranche:

2024 2023

No. of  No. of

Scheme year

options options

2018   - 29,031

- 29,031

The scheme was renewed for a further 10 years at the AGM in 2017.

Employee Benefit Trusts

An Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”) was established in February 2018

in order to provide certain discretionary share-based awards as part

of an overall compensation and retention package. During the year

700,000 shares were purchased and transferred into the EBT. As at

30 June 2024 the EBT held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000).

Name Salary as at

30 June 2024

Salary as at 30

June 2023

Increase

Graham Sheward (CEO) £250,000 £250,000 N/A

Thomas Morfett (CFO) £150,000 £150,000 N/A

![]()

68

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Report of the Remuneration Committee continued

Policy on Fees for Non-executive Directors

It is our policy to set the fees for each Non-executive Director so

that they reflect the time commitment in preparing for and attending

meetings, the responsibility and duties of the position and the

contribution that is expected from them. Our policy is to pay a

market rate which is set annually by the Board.

President and Controlling Shareholder

Dr Leonard Polonsky - Dr Leonard Polonsky was appointed

President of the Group under a letter of appointment effective from

22 September 2014. This letter incorporates the requirements of the

Listing Rules in relation to Dr Polonsky as controlling shareholder of

the Group.

A summary of the agreement, dated 22 September 2014,

governing his relationship with the Group is available for inspection

at the Company’s registered office and will be made available

to shareholders at the AGM. To maintain effective corporate

governance, the agreement contains the following terms:

■ all transactions between Dr Polonsky and the Group are to be

conducted at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms.

■ Dr Polonsky will take no actions which would prevent the

Company from complying with its obligations under the

Listing Rules or propose a resolution to circumvent the proper

application of the Listing Rules.

■ Dr Polonsky will exercise his voting rights to ensure a requisite

number of Independent Non-executive Directors are appointed

to and retained by the Board; and

■ Dr Polonsky will consult with Independent Non-executive

Directors where proposals have been made by the Board in

relation to its composition.

There were no significant transactions between the Group and Dr

Polonsky during the year under review, per page 31of the Director’s

Report.

#### Summary of Directors’ Employment

#### Terms and Conditions

In accordance with the Articles of Association all Directors are

subject to annual re-election. All Directors subject to election/

re-election on 8 November 2023 were re-elected at the AGM held

at that date. None of the Directors are engaged on a fixed term

contract.

The key terms and benefits of the contractual arrangements

between each Director and the Company are as follows:

Thomas Morfett – Group Chief Executive Officer and

Group Chief Financial Officer.

The Service Agreement in place sets out the contractual

employment arrangements, the key terms being Company

contribution into personal pension arrangements; private healthcare

for himself and his spouse; permanent health insurance; life

assurance; full-pay sick leave for a maximum of eight weeks of

absence, whether or not consecutive, in any 12-month period due

to illness or injury and 30 days annual leave in addition to public

holidays. Other than the right to receive a payment in lieu of notice

upon termination, his service agreement dated 19 January 2023

does not provide for any benefits upon termination of employment.

The notice period (by either party) is six months.

Thomas was appointed to the Board on 17 April 2023. Thomas is a

member of the deferred bonus scheme, which is based on corporate

and individual performance, as set out on page 67.

Non-executive Directors. The appointment of each Non-executive

Director has been confirmed by an individual letter of appointment

which includes a one month notice provision. The Non-executive

Directors do not have service contracts or any benefits-in-kind

arrangements and do not receive any performance-related

remuneration.

#### Stakeholder Engagement

During the past year we have received feedback on remuneration

from certain key shareholders through Non-executive Board

member engagement. There is also an avenue for communication

and feedback through our corporate broker relationships.

During the year we undertook an employee engagement survey to

understand the key drivers of engagement for our people. Results

from the survey, which included feedback to defined and open

questions, were then explored and debated further during employee

feedback sessions where we encouraged open and honest debate.

During these sessions, our approach to remuneration was discussed

in more detail. Feedback from those sessions was relayed to both

the Executive Committee and the Board and has informed priorities

for our action planning and Culture programme.

![]()

69

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

#### Directors’ Remuneration for Financial Year 2023 / 24

The following information, including the table below, includes audited information.

Name  Salary    Cash Deferred

and fees  Pension  Bonus  Bonus

2

Other

3

Aggregate  Aggregate

2024  2024  2024  2024  2024  2024  2023

£  £  £  £ £  £  £

Executive Directors

Graham Sheward (CEO)  250,000 25,000  -  -  1,729  276,729 434,228

Thomas Morfett (CFO)  150,000  18,750 33,750  33,750  1,377  237,627 31,053

Non-executive Directors

Marc Polonsky  50,000  -  -  -  - 50,000 50,000

Jose Ribeiro  59,000  -  -  -  - 55,000 55,000

Philip Kay  105,000  -  -  -  - 105,000 77,500

David Peach  80,000  -  -  -  - 80,000 80,000

Christine Theodorovics

1

27,115  -  -  -  - 27,115 22,180

Total

721,115  43,750 33,750  33,750  3,106  831,471 985,902

1  Christine Theodorovics – resigned 29th February 2024

2  The deferred bonus is awarded in shares and deferred for a period of 3 years prior to vesting.

3  “Other” includes healthcare benefits.

#### Annual Bonus for Executive Directors for Financial Year 2023/24

For financial year 2023/24 the CEO’s performance was not assessed due to his decision to retire as disclosed on 2nd August 2024.

Share awards accrued to date under the deferred bonus scheme will vest on 31st December 2024.

The Committee conducted as assessment of the CFO’s performance against his objectives for 2023/24. Objectives related to the

achievement of the Company’s principal strategic objectives with a focus on strategic projects, leadership, expenses and IFRS profit. They

determined that the formulaic outcome of the assessment was 90% of the maximum and that this outcome was justified. Accordingly, the

Committee agreed to apply a figure of 45% of base salary, 50% awarded in cash (£33,750) and 50% in shares deferred for 3 years under the

deferred bonus scheme.

![]()

70

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

# Report of the Remuneration Committee continued

#### Executive Management Deferred Bonus Scheme Awards

In addition to the Executive Directors, the remaining members of the Executive Committee also participate in the deferred bonus scheme.

This scheme resulted in the award of £0.2m worth of shares which are deferred for a period of 3 years.

Directors’ Interests in Share Capital

The following information, presented in the table below, includes audited information.

There are currently no requirements for any Director to have a shareholding in the Company. The Company also does not have a policy for

post-employment shareholding requirements.

The Polonsky Foundation (a UK Registered Charity of which Dr Polonsky and Marc Polonsky are among the trustees) has a beneficial

interest in 8,547,708 shares in the Company’s share capital, or 6.2% (2023: 6.2%).

The table set out below shows the beneficial interests of other Directors and their spouses in the Company’s share capital, at 30 June 2024

and at 30 June 2023.

Number of shares    Direct  Indirect  Total 2024  Direct  Indirect  Total 2023

Executive Director

Graham Sheward    19,466  –  19,766  17,000  –  17000

Thomas Morfett    74,899  –  74,899  –  –  –

Non-executive Directors

Philip Kay    –  –  – – – –

Jose Ribeiro    –  –  – – – –

Marc Polonsky

1

7,800,000  –  7,800,000  7,800,000 – 7,800,000

David Peach    –  –  – – – –

Christine Theodorovics    –  –  – – – –

1

Direct holdings include shares held by spouse.

There have been no other significant changes in these holdings between the balance sheet date and the date of this report.

The Committee will continue to consider whether it may be appropriate to introduce guidelines for executive Directors’ shareholdings in the

future and will do so in connection with the introduction of any new long-term incentive plan operating over the Company’s shares. This will

include consideration of a policy for post-employment shareholding requirements.

![]()

71

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

GOVERNANCE

Salary and

fees 2025

Name £

Executive Directors

Thomas Morfett (CEO & CFO)  250,000

Non-executive Directors

Marc Polonsky

50,000

Jose Ribeiro

1

63,000

Philip Kay

2

120,000

David Peach

3

80,000

Noel Harwerth

4

80,000

Total  725,000

#### Directors’ Salaries and Fees for the Financial Year Ending 30 June 2025

The following table sets out the salary and fee levels approved by the Remuneration Committee for the year ending 30 June 2025 for each

Director, as agreed by the Board. There have been no changes in relation to non-salary benefits applicable to any Director.

1  The amount for Jose Ribeiro includes additional fees in relation to his position as Chair of the Remuneration Committee and as SID.

2  The amount for Philip Kay includes additional fees in relation to his position as Chair of the Board and Chair of Hansard Europe dac.

3  The amount for David Peach includes additional fees in relation to his position as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee and Directorship (and Chair of the

Audit Committee) of Hansard Europe dac. He is also a Director of Hansard Administration Services Limited.

4  The amount for Noel Harwerth will be pro-rated from her appointment date of 23 September 2024.

Bonus and incentive arrangements for 2025 for Thomas Morfett are outlined in the Review of Incentive Provision 2024 earlier in this report.

For the Board

Jose Ribeiro

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

25 September 2024

#### Compliance With Code

As mentioned above, the Company has not fully complied with provision 36 of the Code in the following respect:

■ The Company does not currently have a policy for post-employment shareholding requirements.

![]()

Independent Auditors Report

Second line continued

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Requirements of the Listing Rules

72

Requirements of Rule 9.8.4R of the Listing Rules

The following table provides references to where the information required by Listing Rule 9.8.4R is disclosed.

Listing Rule Requirement Location in Annual Report

A statement of the amount of interest capitalised during the period under

review and details of any related tax relief.

Not applicable

Information required in relation to the publication of unaudited financial

information.

Not applicable

Details of any long-term incentive schemes.

Report of the Remuneration Committee, pages 66 to 71

Details of any arrangements under which a Director has waived emoluments,

or agreed to waive any future emoluments, from the company.

Report of the Remuneration Committee, pages 66 to 71

Details of any non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash.  No such share allotments

Details of any non pre-emptive issues of equity for cash by any unlisted major

subsidiary undertaking.

Not applicable

Details of any contract of significance in which a Director is or was materially

interested.

Not applicable

Details of any contract of significance between the company (or one of its

subsidiaries) and a controlling shareholder.

Directors’ Report, pages 30 to 34

Details of waiver of dividends by a shareholder.  Not applicable

Board statement in respect of relationship agreement with the controlling

shareholder.

Report of the Remuneration Committee, pages 66 to 71

Details of any contract for the provision of services to the Company or any of

its subsidiary undertakings by a controlling shareholder, subsisting during the

period under review,

Not applicable

![]()

#### Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Hansard Global plc (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, the ‘Group’) which comprise the

consolidated balance sheet and parent company balance sheet as at 30 June 2024, the consolidated statements of comprehensive income,

changes in equity and cash flows and parent company statements of changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and related

notes, comprising material accounting policies and other explanatory information.

In our opinion,

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2024,

and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK- Adopted International Accounting Standards;

•  the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK Accounting Standards including FRS 102 The

Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland; and

•  the financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004.

#### Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are

described below. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent of the Company and Group in accordance with, UK

ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as required by the Crown Dependencies’ Audit Rules and Guidance. We believe that

the audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.

FINANCIALS

### Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members ofHansard Global plc

73

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

#### Key audit matters: our assessment of the risks of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and include

the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the greatest

effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were

addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.  In arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order of significance for the financial statements

were as follows:

Revenue recognition £48.8m (2023: £45.7m)      Risk vs 2023: Increased

Refer to the Audit & Risk Committee Report on page 62, note 5 accounting policy and note 18 disclosures.

The risk: Calculation error and subjective estimate

The Group charges fees to investment contract holders for contract administration services, investment management services, payment of benefits

and other services related to the administration of investment contracts. Determination of revenue earned can be complex where the fee calculation

includes judgement in the determination of the life of the contract and actuarial funding factors to apply in amortisation of deferred revenue.

There is a risk that the assumptions and judgements made in the determination of revenue may not be appropriate due to fraud or error.

Additionally, as certain fee income is determined based on the valuation of investments during the year, there is a risk that revenue may not be

calculated accurately.

During the year, Group transitioned to a new policy system, and this increased the risk of revenue misstatement as the system might not be

correctly configured, operating effectively or the data may not be properly migrated to the new system.

Our response

Our audit procedures included:

Control design and operation

•

Assessing the design and implementation of the fee income and investments valuations processes and internal controls.

•  Testing operating effectiveness of internal controls over fee income and valuations of investments throughout the year which feed into the

calculation of fee income.

•

Testing automated controls and performing a test of one transaction for revenue streams which are automated.

•  Assessing the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the processes and internal controls including over the new system and the

system migration.

Use of independent KPMG specialists

•

Utilising KPMG’s internal actuarial specialists to assess the methodology used where there is subjectivity in the selection, and benchmarking the

amortisation period and actuarial funding factors used in unwinding deferred income using our own expectations based on our knowledge of

the entity and experience of the industry in which it operates.

•

Utilising KPMG’s internal data & Analytics specialists to independently recalculate fee income streams.

Testing accuracy of data

•

For a randomly chosen selection, agreeing the premium information to contracts signed by policyholders and bank statements.

•  Agreeing a randomly chosen selection of fee rates to contracts signed by policyholders.

•  Agreeing a randomly chosen selection of investments values being used in the fee income calculation to the investments system. We tested

general IT controls around the system.

•

Assessing the accuracy of the funding factors by agreeing a randomly chosen selection of contract maturities to the policy documents and

comparing the expected funding factors to the funding factor used in the amortisation of deferred income.

Assessing transparency

•

Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of revenue recognition in the financial statements for compliance with UK-Adopted

International Accounting Standards.

![]()

74

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of

### Hansard Global plc continued

Litigation and claims liabilities and contingent liabilities disclosure

Provision: £0.5m (2023: £0.1m)

Risk vs 2023: same

Contingent liabilities: £20.2m (2023: £22.4m)

Refer to the Audit  Committee Report on page 62, note 20 provision and note 26.1 accounting policy and disclosure.

The risk: Dispute outcomes and omitted exposures

The Group is subject to a number of legal claims from policyholders in relation to the performance of assets linked to investment contracts

and other asset related issues. Management evaluates each legal claim, taking into consideration the assessment and advice of external

legal counsel. As at 30 June 2024, the Group had been served with cumulative writs with a net exposure totalling £20.2m (2023: £22.4m)

and the judgement made by management as to whether the Group is more likely than not to be successful in contesting these claims is

highly subjective.

The amounts involved are potentially significant, and the application of accounting standards to determine the amount, if any, to be

provided as a liability, is inherently subjective.

There is a risk that the litigation provisions and disclosure for potential financial losses to the business may not be complete

There is also a risk that judgements made by management in assessing whether to recognise a provision or disclose a contingent liability

may not be appropriate.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk assessment, we determined that the litigation liability and disclosed contingent liability

has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential range of reasonable outcomes greater than our materiality for the Group

financial statements as a whole.

Our response

Our audit procedures included:

Control design and operation

•

Testing the design and implementation of internal controls over the litigations process.

Enquiry of lawyers

•  On all significant legal cases, assessment of correspondence with the Group’s respective external counsel and obtaining formal

independent confirmations from the counsel.

Testing completeness and accuracy of data

•  Obtaining litigation schedules and legal logs for re-calculating and agreeing on a sample basis the potential exposure to underlying

policy data.

•  Agreeing litigation schedules and legal logs to independently obtained confirmations from external legal counsel.

Historical comparison

•  Comparing management’s previous provision to actual settlements made during the period under audit.

•  Comparing management’s previous contingent liability estimate to actual results of cases concluded during the period under audit.

Assessing transparency

•  Assessing whether the Group’s accounting policy and disclosure detailing significant legal proceedings adequately disclose the potential

liabilities of the Group in accordance with UK- Adopted International Accounting Standards.

Valuation of structured notes held at fair value (level 2 and 3)

£58.8m (2023: £50.2m)

Risk vs 2023: same

Refer to the Audit Committee Report on page 62, note 3.6 accounting policy and note 17.3 disclosures.

Subjective valuation

The Group holds and manages investments on behalf of policyholders. A number of the structured notes are noted as being illiquid in

nature, predominantly due to an active market not being available for these investments. These assets are measured at fair value.

Auditor judgement is required in determining the appropriate valuation methodology where external pricing sources are either not readily

available or are unreliable. The fair value of structured notes is determined by evaluating observable inputs, which may include quoted

prices for similar assets and quoted prices for identical and similar assets in a market that is not active and unobservable inputs which may

include the underlying volatility which is benchmarked against other valuation tools.

There is a significant risk that the investments may not be valued appropriately due to estimation uncertainty inherent in unobservable

pricing inputs or where a significant degree of judgement is required.

There is also a risk that the fair value levelling disclosures in the financial statements might not be appropriate as required by IFRS 13.

Due to the linked nature of the contracts administered by the Group’s insurance undertakings, any change in the value of structured notes

will result in an equal and opposite change in the value of contract liabilities. Any change in the structured notes value will also have an

impact on fee income which is calculated as a percentage of investment values.

![]()

FINANCIALS

75

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Our response

Our audit procedures included:

Control design and operation

•  Assessing design and implementation of the investment valuation processes and controls.

•  Testing operating effectiveness of key valuation and unit holding controls in the investments process.

Use of KPMG Specialists

•  Utilising KPMG’s internal valuation specialists to independently price and assess the fair value levelling on a sample of structured notes

using observable or unobservable input parameters. Structured notes are valued using a discounted cash flow technique. The discount

rates used are determined with reference to observable market transactions and instruments with substantially the same terms and

characteristics including credit quality, the remaining term to repayments of the principal and the currency in which the payments are

made adjusted for underlying volatility.

•  Assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures in respect of the valuation of investments for which there is no quoted price in an

active market for compliance with UK-Adopted International Accounting Standards.

Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries

£72.5m (2023: £72.5m)

Risk vs 2023: same

Refer to page 62 of the Audit & Risk Committee Report, note 2.6 accounting policy and note 4 disclosures

The risk: Low risk, high value

The carrying amount of the investment in subsidiaries represents 73.4% (2023: 76.3%) of the Company’s total assets. The carrying amount

of the investment in subsidiaries is measured at cost less impairment and is considered to have a low risk of material misstatement.

However, due to its materiality in the context of the Company’s financial statements, this is considered to be the area that had the greatest

effect on our overall Company audit.

Our response

Our audit procedures included:

Tests of detail:

•

Comparing the carrying amount of each subsidiary to its audited balance sheet to identify whether their net assets, being an

approximation of their minimum recoverable amount were in excess of their carrying amount, as well as assessing whether those

subsidiaries have historically been profit-making.

•  Utilising our actuaries to assess the value in force contracts calculation, being the net forecast future cashflows in the Company and

assess whether this is greater than the carrying amount of investment in subsidiaries.

•  Assessing whether there are any indicators of impairment in relation to 100% of the carrying amount of investment in subsidiaries.

Assessing disclosures

•  Assessing the adequacy of the disclosure for compliance with FRS 102.

#### Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit

Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set at £297K (2023: £300K), determined with reference to a benchmark of

Group profit before tax. Materiality for the Company financial statements as a whole was set at £178K (2023: £150K), determined with

reference to the allocated Group materiality as above, of which it represents 60% (2023: 50%).

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold,

performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account

balances add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole. Performance materiality was set at 75% (2023: 75%)

of materiality for the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £222K (2023: £225K) for the Group and £134K (2023: £112K) for

the Company.

In addition, we have set a higher materiality at £10,200K (2023: £10,000K) solely for the purpose of identifying and evaluating the effect

of misstatements that lead to a reclassification between line items within the policyholder assets and liabilities and associated income

statement line items in the Group financial statements, to the extent that any such balances offset and have no net impact on the

shareholder’s equity and reserves. This has been determined in reference to 0.75% (2023: 0.75%) of total assets.

We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £14.85K (2023: £15K) for the

Group and £8.9K (2023: £7.4K) for the Company, in addition to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on qualitative

grounds. For certain financial statement captions, as referred to above, any corrected or uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding

£510K (2023: £500K) have been reported to the Audit Committee.

Our audit of the Group was undertaken to the materiality level specified above, which has informed our identification of significant risks of

material misstatement and the associated audit procedures performed in those areas as detailed above.

The group team performed the audit of the Group as if it was a single aggregated set of financial information. The audit was performed

using the materiality level set out above and covered 100% of total Group revenue, total Group profit before tax, and total Group assets

and liabilities.

![]()

76

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Independent Auditor’s report to the Members of

### Hansard Global plc continued

#### Going concern

The directors have prepared the financial statements on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the

Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group and the Company’

s financial position means that this

is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to

continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (the “going concern period”).

In our evaluation of the directors’ conclusions, we considered the inherent risks to the Group and the Company’s business model and

analysed how those risks might affect the Group and the Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going

concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to affect the Group and the Company’s financial resources or ability to continue

operations over this period were:

•  Availability of capital to meet operating costs and other financial commitments; and

•  Availability of capital to meet regulatory and solvency requirements.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity in the going concern period by comparing severe, but plausible

downside scenarios that could arise from these risks individually and collectively against the level of available financial resources

indicated by the Group’s and Company’s financial forecasts.

We considered whether the going concern disclosure in note 1.4 to the Group financial statements gives a full and accurate description

of the directors’ assessment of going concern.

Our conclusions based on this work:

•  we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is

appropriate;

•  we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or

conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group and the Company’s ability to continue as a going

concern for the going concern period; and

•  we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the notes to the financial statements

on the use of the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group

and the Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period, and that statement is materially consistent with the financial

statements and our audit knowledge.

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent

with judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group and the

Company will continue in operation.

#### Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – ability to detect

#### Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to fraud

To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or

pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures included:

•  enquiring of management as to the Group’s policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud as well as enquiring whether

management have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

•  reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance; and

•  using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships.

As required by auditing standards and taking into account possible incentives or pressures to misstate performance and our overall

knowledge of the control environment, we perform procedures to address the risk of management override of controls and the risk of

fraudulent revenue recognition, and the risk that management may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting entries. We did not

identify any additional fraud risks.

We performed procedures including:

•  identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based on risk criteria and comparing any identified entries to supporting

documentation;

•  incorporating an element of unpredictability in our audit procedures and;

•  those set out in the revenue recognition key audit matter.

![]()

FINANCIALS

77

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

#### Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement due to non-compliance

#### with laws and regulations

We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from

our sector experience and through discussion with management (as required by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Group’s

regulatory and legal correspondence, if any, and discussed with management the policies and procedures regarding compliance with

laws and regulations. As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining an understanding of the control environment

including the entity’s procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.

The Group and Company are subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the financial statements including financial reporting

legislation and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures

on the related financial statement items.

The Group and Company are subject to other laws and regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material

effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or litigation or impacts on

the Group and the Company’s ability to operate. We identified financial services regulation as being the area most likely to have such

an effect, recognising the regulated nature of the Group’s activities and its legal form. Auditing standards limit the required audit

procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of management and inspection of regulatory and legal

correspondence, if any. Therefore if a breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence,

an audit will not detect that breach.

#### Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches of law or regulation

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements

in the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For

example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial

statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would identify it.

In addition, as with any audit, there remains a higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as this may involve collusion, forgery, intentional

omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement.

We are not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and

regulations.

#### Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information included in the annual report but

does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the

other information and we do not express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider

whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise

appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this

other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

![]()

78

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

#### Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and longer term viability

We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ disclosures in respect

of emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, and the Group financial statements and our audit knowledge. We have nothing

material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  the directors’ confirmation within the longer-term viability statement (page 34) that they have carried out a robust assessment of the

emerging and principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, solvency

or liquidity;

•  the emerging and principal risks disclosures describing these risks and explaining how they are being managed or mitigated; and

•  the directors’ explanation in the longer-term viability statement (page 34) as to how they have assessed the prospects of the Group,

over what period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they

have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the

period of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to review the longer-term viability statement, set out on page 34 under the Listing Rules. Based on the above

procedures, we have concluded that the above disclosures are materially consistent with the Group financial statements and our audit

knowledge.

#### Corporate governance disclosures

We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors’ corporate governance

disclosures and the Group financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the following is materially consistent with the Group financial statements

and our audit knowledge:

•  the directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report and Group financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced

and understandable, and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance,

business model and strategy;

•  the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit Committee, including the significant issues that the Audit Committee

considered in relation to the financial statements, and how these issues were addressed; and

•  the section of the annual report that describes the review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control

systems.

We are required to review the part of Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the provisions of the

UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our review. We have nothing to report in this respect.

#### We have nothing to report on other matters on which we are required to report by exception

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 require us to report to you if, in our

opinion:

•  proper books of account have not been kept by the Company and proper returns adequate for our audit have not been received from

branches not visited by us; or

•  the Company financial statements are not in agreement with the books of account and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of

### Hansard Global plc continued

![]()

FINANCIALS

79

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

#### Respective responsibilitiesDirectors’ responsibilities

As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 35, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements

including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal contr

ol as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation

of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and Company’s

ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going concern basis of

accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to

do so.

#### Auditor’s responsibilities

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material

misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of

assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement

when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could

reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

#### The purpose of this report and restrictions on its use by persons other than the Company’s members

#### as a body

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with section 15 of the Companies Act 1982. Our audit

work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an

auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone

other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Nicholas Quayle

Responsible Individual

For and on behalf of KPMG Audit LLC

Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditors

Heritage Court,

41 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 1LA

25 September 2024

![]()

Financial Results Under UK Adopted International Accounting Standards for the Year Ended 30 June 2024

### Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Incomefor the Year Ended 30 June 2024

80

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Year ended  Year ended

30 June  30 June

2024 2023

Notes £m £m

Fees and commissions  5  48.8  45.7

Investment income  6  119.5  44.5

Other operating income    0.8  1.5

169.1  91.7

Change in provisions for investment contract liabilities  17  (114.4)  (40.6)

Origination costs  7  (16.1)  (16.2)

Administrative and other expenses  8  (33.3)  (29.0)

(163.8)  (85.8)

Profit before taxation

5.3  5.9

Taxation 10  (0.1)  (0.2)

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year after taxation

5.2  5.7

#### Earnings per share

2024 2023

Note (p)  (p)

Basic 11 3.8 4.1

Diluted  11  3.8 4.1

The notes on pages 84 to 106 form an integral part of these financial statements.

![]()

FINANCIALS

### Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equityfor the Year Ended 30 June 2024

81

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Share  Other Retained

capital  reserves earnings  Total

£m  £m  £m £m

At 1 July 2022  68.8  (48.3)  1.7  22.2

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year after taxation  -  -  5.7  5.7

Share based payment reserve  -  (0.2)  - (0.2)

Transactions with owners

Dividends paid  -  -  (5.9)  (5.9)

At 30 June 2023  68.8  (48.5)  1.5  21.8

Share  Other Retained

capital  reserves earnings  Total

£m  £m  £m £m

At 1 July 2023  68.8  (48.5)  1.5  21.8

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year after taxation  -  -  5.2  5.2

Share based payment reserve  -  (0.1)  -  (0.1)

Transactions with owners

Dividends paid  -  -  (6.1)  (6.1)

At 30 June 2024  68.8  (48.6)  0.6  20.8

The notes on pages 84 to 106 form an integral part of these financial statements.

![]()

### Consolidated Balance SheetAs at 30 June 2024

82

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

30 June  30 June

2024 2023

Notes £m £m

Assets

Intangible assets  13  23.2 19.9

Property, plant and equipment  13  2.6 2.8

Deferred origination costs  14  112.1  117.8

Financial investments

Measured at fair value:

Equity securities  3  78.9 52.0

Investments in collective investment schemes  3  937.5 915.5

Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes  3  70.6  60.3

1,087.0  1,030.8

Measured at amortised cost:

Deposits and money market funds  3  88.2 90.2

Other receivables  15  6.3 4.9

Cash and cash equivalents  16  47.9 52.2

Total assets 1,367.3  1,318.6

Liabilities

Financial liabilities under investment contracts  17  1,150.9 1,101.5

Deferred income  18  140.2 144.8

Amounts due to investment contract holders  17  39.3  36.6

Other payables  19  15.6 13.8

Provisions 20 0.5 0.1

Total liabilities 1,346.5  1,296.8

Net assets 20.8 21.8

Shareholders’ equity

Called up share capital  22  68.8  68.8

Other reserves  23  (48.6)  (48.5)

Retained earnings    0.6 1.5

Total shareholders’ equity 20.8 21.8

The notes on pages 84 to 106 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 80 to 83 were approved by the Board on 25 September 2024 and signed on its behalf by:

Thomas Morfett  David Peach

Director Director

![]()

FINANCIALS

### Consolidated Cash Flow Statementfor the Year Ended 30 June 2024

83

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

2024 2023

£m £m

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit before tax for the year  5.3 5.9

Adjustments for:

Depreciation  1.0 1.1

Dividends receivable  (5.4)  (4.7)

Dividends received  5.4  4.7

Interest receivable  (4.7)  (3.0)

Interest received  4.2 3.0

Foreign exchange losses  - 1.0

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Increase in other receivables  (0.9)  (0.6)

Decrease in deferred origination costs  5.8  4.7

(Decrease) in deferred income  (4.5)  (0.4)

Increase / (decrease) in creditors  4.9  (1.7)

(Increase) in financial investments  (54.2)  (11.7)

Increase in financial liabilities  49.4 9.1

Cash flow from operations  6.3  7.4

Corporation tax paid  (0.1)  (0.4)

Cash flow from operations after taxation  6.2  7.0

Cash flows from investing activities

Investment in intangible assets  (3.7)  (6.6)

Investment in property, plant and equipment  (0.2) -

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment  - 0.4

Purchase of investments  (0.2)  (0.1)

Cash flows used in investing activities  (4.1)  (6.3)

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid  (6.1)  (5.9)

Principal elements of leased liabilities  (0.2)  (0.4)

Cash flows used in financing activities  (6.3)  (6.3)

Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  (4.2)  (5.6)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  52.2 58.9

Effect of exchange rate movements  (0.1)  (1.1)

Cash and cash equivalents at year end  47.9 52.2

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statementsfor the Year Ended 30 June 2024

#### 1 General Information

Hansard Global plc (“the Company”) is a limited liability company, incorporated in the Isle of Man under the Isle of Man Companies 1931

to 2004, whose shares are publicly traded. The principal activity of the Company is to act as the holding company of the Hansard group of

companies. The activities of the principal operating wholly owned subsidiaries include the transaction of life assurance business and related

activities. Hansard Europe was closed to new business with effect from 30 June 2013. The principal subsidiaries of the Company are as

follows:

Company name  Incorporated  Activity

Hansard International Limited     Isle of Man    Life Assurance

Hansard Worldwide Limited      The Bahamas    Life Assurance

Hansard Europe Designated Activity Company  Ireland      Life Assurance

Hansard Administration Services Limited  Isle of Man    Administration Services

Hansard Development Services Limited   Isle of Man    Marketing and Development Services

The registered office of the Company is 55 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM99 1QL.

The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange.

1.1 Principal Accounting Policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below or, in the case of

accounting policies that relate to separately disclosed values in the primary statements, within the relevant note to these consolidated financial

statements. These policies have been consistently applied, unless otherwise stated.

1.2 Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK Adopted International Accounting Standards (“IFRSs”),

International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee (“IFRSIC”) interpretations, the Isle of Man Insurance Act 2008, and with

the Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified

by the revaluation of financial investments and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The Group has applied all International

Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the United Kingdom and effective at 30 June 2024.

The Group underwrites an immaterial amount of insurance business. Management has undertaken an assessment of the impact of accounting

for this business as investment business rather than insurance business and concluded that this would not have a material impact on the

financial statements. This assessment has been refreshed to consider the impact of  IFRS  17, and management have not  changed  their

conclusion that accounting for the business as investment business would not have a material impact on the financial statements. Management

will keep this assessment under review, and should the outcome change in future the Group accounting treatment will be reassessed. As a

result, IFRS17 has not been applied to these financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that

affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts

of revenue and expenses during the reporting year. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various

other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in

which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects both current

and future years.

The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated

financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

Except where otherwise stated, the financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, the functional currency of the Company, rounded to

the nearest one hundred thousand pounds.

The following new standards, amendments and interpretations are in issue but not yet effective. They have not been adopted early by the Group

and the impact on the financial statements is being assessed:

•  Amendments to the classification and measurement of financial instruments (amendments to IFRS 7 and IFRS 9) – effective from 1

January 2026

•  Presentation and disclosure in financial statements (IFRS18) – effective from 1 January 2027

•  Subsidiaries without public accountability (IFRS 19) – effective from 1 January 2027

There are no other standards, amendments or interpretations to existing standards that are not yet effective, that would have a material impact

on the Group’s reported results.

1.3 Basis of Consolidation

The Group’s financial statements consolidate those of the parent company and all its subsidiaries as at 30 June 2024.

All transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation between Group companies. Amounts reported in the financial

statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

84

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

![]()

1.4 Going Concern

Risk Based Solvency Capital, the Group’s capital position is strong and well in excess of regulatory requirements. The long-term nature of the

Group’s business results in considerable recurring cash inflows arising from existing business. The Directors believe that the Group is well placed

to manage its business risks successfully

The Directors are satisfied that the Company  and the Group have adequate resources to continue to operate as  a going concern for  the

foreseeable future and have prepared the consolidated financial statements on that basis.

In making this statement, the Directors have reviewed financial forecasts that include plausible downside scenarios as a result of the ongoing

geopolitical position and global economic conditions. These show the Group continuing to generate profit over the next 12 months and that the

Group has sufficient cash reserves to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due.

The Directors expect the acquisition of new business will continue to be challenging.  The impact of this however is not immediate to the Group’s

profit and cash flows and therefore allows for longer term adjustments to operations and the cost base.  Long periods of lower new business, or

indeed lower AuA, would be addressed by reducing the cost base and, where necessary, the dividend paid.

The following factors are considered as supportive to the Group’s resilience to external market and economic challenges:

•  The Group’s business model focuses on long term savings products, a majority of which are regular premium paying products which

continue to receive cash inflows regardless of the amount of new business sold.

•  The Group earns approximately a third of its revenues from asset-based income which is not immediately dependent on sourcing new

business. Initial fees in respect of new business are broadly offset by initial commissions, limiting the impact of any reduction in new

business.

•  New business channels are geographically dispersed and therefore less exposed to specific regional challenges.

•  The largest expense associated with new business is commission expenditure which reduces directly in line with reduced sales.

•  The Group has and continues to the date of this report to have, a strong capital position with significant levels of liquidity and cash.

•  The business has demonstrated operational resilience in being able to operate remotely from its offices without any material impact to

processing and servicing levels. Its control environment continued to operate effectively during this time.

•   The Group places the majority of its shareholder assets into conservative, highly-liquid, highly rated bank deposits and money market

funds. These are typically not subject to price fluctuation and protect the Group’s assets against potential market volatility; and

•  The Group has no borrowings.

2 Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements in Applying Accounting Policies

Estimates, assumptions, and judgements are used in the application of accounting policies in these financial statements. Critical accounting

estimates are those which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or assessments. Estimates, assumptions, and judgements are

evaluated continually and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be

reasonable under the circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from assumptions and estimates made by management.

2.1 Accounting Estimates and Assumptions

The principal areas in which the Group applies accounting estimates are the amortisation of deferred origination costs and deferred income,

the recoverability of deferred origination costs, the useful life of intangible assets, and the fair value of investments.

2.1.1 Amortisation of Deferred Origination Costs and Deferred Income

Deferred origination costs and deferred income are amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of the underlying investment

contract. Estimates are determined based on an analysis of recent experience. The estimate life is between 7 and 15 years depending on the

product type. Certain contracts are amortised on actual life.

2.1.2 Recoverability of Deferred Origination Costs

Formal reviews to assess the recoverability of deferred origination costs on investment contracts are carried out at each balance sheet date

to determine whether there is any indication of impairment based on the estimated future income levels.

If, based upon a review of the remaining contracts, there is any indication of irrecoverability or impairment, the contract’s recoverable amount

is re-estimated. Impairment losses are reversed through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income if there is a change in the

estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. Such losses are reversed only to the extent that the contract’s carrying amount does

not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortisation where applicable, if no impairment loss had been

recognised.

2.1.3 Fair Value of Financial Investments

Where the Directors determine  that there is no active  market  for a particular financial instrument, fair value is assessed using valuation

techniques based on available relevant information and an appraisal of all associated risks as detailed in note 3.

2.1.4 Intangible Assets

The carrying amount, residual value and useful economic life of the Group’s computer software is reviewed annually to determine whether

there is any indication of impairment, or a change in residual value or expected useful life. If there is any indication of impairment, the asset’s

carrying value is revised.

FINANCIALS

85

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

86

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

2.2 Judgements

The primary areas in which the Group has applied judgement in applying accounting policies are as follows:

•  to determine whether a provision or contingent liability is required in respect of any pending or threatened litigation, which is addressed

in note 20 and note 26.

•  to determine the type of expenses that are treated as origination costs to be deferred. Any other expenses are expensed as incurred.

3 Financial Risk Management

Risk Management Objectives and Risk Policies

The Group’s objective in the management of financial risk is to minimise, where practicable, its exposure to such risk, except when

necessary to support other objectives. The Group seeks to manage risk through the operation of unit-linked business whereby the

contract holder bears the financial risk. In addition, shareholder assets are invested in highly rated investments.

Overall responsibility for the management of the Group’s exposure to risk is vested in the Board. To support it in this role, the Group ERM

Framework is in place comprising risk identification, risk assessment, control and r

eporting processes. Additionally, the Board and the

Boards of subsidiary companies have established a number of Committees with defined terms of reference. These are the Audit and Risk,

Executive and Investment Committees. Additional information concerning the operation of the Board Committees is contained in the

Corporate Governance section of this Annual Report.

The main significant financial risks to which the Group is exposed are set out below. For each category of risk, the Group determines its

risk appetite and sets its investment, treasury and associated policies accordingly.

3.1 Market Risk

This is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices, analysed

between price, interest rate and currency risk. The Group adopts a risk averse approach to market risk, with a stated policy of not actively

pursuing or accepting market risk except where necessary to support other objectives. However, the Group accepts the risk that the fall

in equity or other asset values, whether as a result of price falls or strengthening of sterling against the currencies in which contract holder

assets are denominated, will reduce the level of annual management charge income derived from such contract holder assets and the risk

of lower future profits.

Sensitivity Analysis to Market Risk

The Group’s business is  unit-linked, and the direct associated market risk  is therefore borne  by contract holders (although there is a

secondary impact as shareholder income is dependent upon the fair value of contract holder assets). Other financial assets and liabilities

held outside of contract holder unitised funds primarily consist of units in money market funds, cash and cash equivalents, and other assets

and liabilities. Cash held in unitised money market funds and at bank is valued at par and is unaffected by movements in interest rates. Other

assets and liabilities are similarly unaffected by market movements.

As a result of these combined factors, the Group’s financial assets and liabilities held outside unitised funds are not materially subject to

market risk, and movements at the reporting date in interest rates and equity values have an immaterial impact on the Group’s profit after

tax and equity. Future revenues from annual management charges may be affected by movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and

equity values. The Group does not control the asset selection strategy as assets are chosen by the contract holders.

(a) Price Risk

Unit linked funds are exposed to securities price risk as the investments held are subject to prices in the future which are uncertain. The

fair value of financial assets (designated at fair value through profit or loss) exposed to price risk at 30 June 2024 was £1,087.0m (2023:

£1,030.8m). In the event that investment income is affected by price risk then there will be an equal and opposite impact on the value of the

changes in provisions for investment contract liabilities in the same accounting period.

An overall change in the market value of the unit-linked funds would affect the annual management charges accruing to the Group since

these charges, which are typically 1% per annum, are based on the market value of contract holder assets under administration. The

approximate impact on the Group’s profits and equity of a 10% change in fund values, either as a result of price, interest rate or currency

fluctuations, is £1.6m (2023: £1.6m).

(b) Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the Group is exposed to lower returns or loss as a direct or indirect result of fluctuations in the value of, or

income from, specific assets arising from changes in underlying interest rates.

The Group is primarily exposed to interest rate risk on the balances that it holds with credit institutions and in money market funds.

Taking into account the proportion of Group funds held on longer-term, fixed-rate deposits, a change of 1% per annum in interest rates will

result in an increase or decrease of approximately £0.6m (2023: £0.6m) in the Group’s annual investment income and equity.

![]()

FINANCIALS

87

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

A summary of the Group’s liquid assets at the balance sheet date is set out in note 3.2.

(c) Currency Risk

Currency risk is the risk that the Group is exposed to higher or lower returns as a direct or indirect result of fluctuations in the value of, or

income from, specific assets and liabilities arising from changes in underlying exchange rates.

(c) (i) Group Foreign Currency Exposures

The Group is exposed to currency risk on the foreign currency denominated bank balances, contract fees receivable and other liquid assets

that it holds to the extent that they do not match liabilities in those currencies. The Group receives 85% (2023: 87%) of premiums in US

Dollars and settles the majority of expenses in Sterling. The impact of currency risk is minimised by regular conversion of excess foreign

currency funds to sterling. The Group does not hedge foreign currency cash flows.

At the balance sheet date, the Group had exposures in the following currencies:

2024  2024  2024  2023  2023  2023    US$m  €m  ¥m  US$m  €m  ¥m Gross assets  20.1  10.6 303.6  23.2  11.1 255.0Matching currency liabilities  (24.7)  (12.7) (593.8)  (20.5)  (10.4)  (285.0)Uncovered currency exposures  (4.6)  (2.1) (290.2)  2.7  0.7  (30.0)Sterling equivalent (£m)  (3.6) (1.8)  (1.4)  2.1  0.5  (0.2)

The approximate effect on profit before tax of a 5% change: in the value of US dollars to sterling is £0.2m (2023: £0.1m); in the value of the

euro to sterling is less than £0.1m (2023: less than £0.1m); and in the value of the yen to sterling is less than £0.1m (2023: less than £0.1m).

(c) (ii) Financial Investments by Currency

Certain fees and commissions  are earned  in currencies other than  sterling, based on the value of financial  investments held in those

currencies from time to time.

The sensitivity of the Group to the currency risk inherent in investments held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts is

incorporated within the analysis set out in (a) above.

At the balance sheet date, the analysis of financial investments by currency denomination is as follows, US dollars: 75% (2023: 71%); euro:

5% (2023: 8%); sterling: 19% (2023: 20%); other: 1% (2023: 1%).

3.2 Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that the Group is exposed to lower returns or loss if another party fails to perform its financial obligations to the Group.

The Group has adopted a risk averse approach to such risk and has a stated policy of not actively pursuing or accepting credit risk except

when necessary to support other objectives.

The  clearing and  custody  operations  for the  Group’s  security transactions  are  mainly concentrated  with  one  broker,  namely  Capital

International Limited, a member of the London Stock Exchange. At 30 June 2024 and 2023, substantially all contract holder cash and cash

equivalents, balances due from investment brokers and financial investments are placed in custody with Capital International Limited. These

operations are detailed in a formal contract that incorporates notice periods and a full exit management plan. Delivery of services under the

contract is monitored by a dedicated relationship manager against a documented Service Level Agreement and Key Performance Indicators.

The Group has an exposure to credit risk in relation to its deposits with credit institutions, its investments in unitised money market funds and

its investment in a bond portfolio. To manage these risks, deposits and the bond portfolio are placed in accordance with established policy,

with credit institutions having a short-term rating of at least F1 or P1 from Fitch IBCA and Moody’s respectively and a long-term rating of at

least A or A3. Investments in unitised money market funds are made only where such fund is AAA rated. Additionally, maximum counterparty

exposure limits are set both at an individual subsidiary company level and on a Group-wide basis.

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

88

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

These assets are considered to have a high degree of credit worthiness and no assets of a lower credit worthiness are held. The following

table sets out information about the credit quality of the Group’s deposits with credit institutions and its investments in unitised money

market funds.

2024 2023  £m £mDeposits and Cash with Credit Institutions and Investments in Unitised Money Market Funds(Based on Standards & Poor’s ratings)AAA  29.3  26.3AA- to AA+  1.6  6.0A- To A+  16.1 10.8Total Deposits  47.0 43.1AA- to AA+  - 0.3A- To A+  18.0 22.0Total Cash at bank  18.0 22.3Group cash and deposits  65.0  65.4

Credit risk for financial assets held at amortised cost is recognised using an expected credit loss model. The model splits financial assets

into those which are performing, underperforming and non-performing based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition. At initial

recognition financial assets are considered to be performing. They become underperforming where there has been a significant increase in

credit risk since initial recognition, and non-performing when there is objective evidence of impairment. Twelve months of expected credit

losses are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and netted against the financial asset in the statement of financial position

for all performing financial assets, with lifetime expected credit losses recognised for underperforming and non-performing financial assets.

Trade receivables are designated as having no significant financing component.  The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to

measuring expected credit losses for trade receivables by using a lifetime expected loss allowance.

Expected credit losses are based on the historic levels of loss experienced for the relevant financial assets, with consideration given to

forward looking information. The following table sets out the movement in expected credit losses.

2024 2023  £m £mAt 1 July  1.9 1.8Credit loss charges in the year  0.6 0.1At 30 June 2.5 1.9

At the balance sheet date, an analysis of the Group’s cash and deposit balances was as follows:

2024 2023  £m £mLonger term deposits with credit institutions  17.1 13.2Cash and cash equivalents under IFRS  47.9 52.2 65.0 65.4

3.3 Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group, though solvent, does not have sufficient financial resources to enable it to meet its obligations as

they fall due, or can only secure them at excessive cost.

The Group’s objective is to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity over short-term (up to one year) and medium-term time horizons to meet the

needs of the business. This includes liquidity to cover, amongst other things, new business costs, planned strategic activities, servicing of

equity capital as well as working capital to fund day-to-day cash flow requir

ements.

Liquidity risk is principally managed in the following ways:

•  Assets of a suitable marketability are held to meet contract holder liabilities as they fall due.

•  Forecasts are prepared regularly to predict required liquidity levels over both the short-term and medium-term.

The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk is considered to be low since it maintains a high level of liquid assets to meet its liabilities.

![]()

3.3.1 Undiscounted contractual maturity analysis

Set out below is a summary of the undiscounted contractual maturity profile of the Gr

oup’s assets.

2024 2023  £m £mMaturity within 1 yearShareholder deposits and money market funds  65.0  65.4Other shareholder assets  6.4  4.8 71.4 70.2Maturity from 1 to 5 yearsOther shareholder assets  2.1 -  2.1 -Shareholder assets with maturity values within 5 years  73.5  70.2Other shareholder assets (no defined maturity profile)  142.7  146.9Total shareholder assets  216.2  217.1Policyholder assets   Gross assets held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts  1,150.9 1,101.5Total assets  1,367.1  1,318.6

There is no significant difference between the value of the Group’s assets on an undiscounted basis and the balance sheet values.

Assets held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts are deemed to have no fixed maturity since the corresponding unit-linked

liabilities are repayable and transferable on demand. In certain circumstances the contractual maturities of a portion of the assets may be longer

than one year, but the majority of assets held within the unit-linked funds are highly liquid. The Group actively monitors fund liquidity.

Set out below is a summary of the undiscounted contractual maturity profile of the Group’s liabilities.

2024 2023  £m £mMaturity within 1 yearAmounts due to investment contract holders  39.4  36.6Other payables  13.0 11.1Provisions  0.5  0.1 52.9 47.8Maturity from 1 to 5 yearsOther payables  2.5  2.7  2.5  2.7Liabilities with maturity values within 5 years  55.4 50.5Other liabilities (no defined maturity profile)  140.1 144.8Shareholder liabilities  195.5 195.3Maturity within 1 year Financial liabilities under investment contracts  37.0 43.4Maturity from 1 to 5 years Financial liabilities under investment contracts  310.6 209.0Maturity greater than 5 years Financial liabilities under investment contracts  803.3 849.1Financial liabilities under investment contracts 1,150.9 1,101.5Total liabilities 1,346.4  1,296.8

There is no significant difference between the value of the Group’s liabilities on an undiscounted basis and the balance sheet values.

Financial liabilities under investment contracts with a contractual maturity are deemed to repayable and transferable on demand and have not

been discounted in the balance sheet

FINANCIALS

89

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

90

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

3.4 Insurance Risk

Insurance risk is the risk of loss arising from actual experience being different than that assumed when an insurance product was designed

and priced. For the Group, the key insurance risks are lapse risk, expense risk and mortality risk. However, the size of insurance risk is not

deemed to be materially significant. From an accounting perspective all contracts have been classified as investment contracts.

3.4.1 Lapse Risk

A key risk for investment contracts is policyholder behaviour risk in particular the risk that contracts are surrendered, or significant cash

withdrawals are made before sufficient fees have been collected to cover up-front commissions paid by the Group. The risk is mitigated by

charging penalties on the early surrender of contracts.

3.5 Classification and Subsequent Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Group recognises deposits with financial institutions and loans and borrowings on the date on which they are originated. All other

financial instruments are recognised on the trade date, which is the date on which the Group becomes a part to the contractual provisions

of the instrument.

A financial asset or financial liability is initially measured at fair value plus, for a financial asset or financial liability not measured at ‘fair value

through profit and loss’ (“FVTPL”), transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue.

On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at amortised cost, ‘fair value through other comprehensive income’ (“FVOCI”)

or FVTPL.

Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition. A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both

of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

•  It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

•  Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

A financial asset is measured at FVOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

•  It is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and

•  Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortised cost or FVOCI as described above are measured at FVTPL. The classification of

each financial asset and liability is commented on within each respective financial statement note. As at 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023,

only financial assets measured at amortised cost and FVTPL are held.

The subsequent measurement of each class of financial assets is defined in the below table:

On initial recognition, a financial liability is designated as amortised cost or FVTPL. The criteria for classification and subsequent measurement

mirrors that of the financial assets, albeit the classification of ‘FVOCI’ does not exist for financial liabilities. Therefore, any liabilities which do

not meet the amortised cost classification criteria, are designated as FVTPL.

3.6 Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Group closely monitors the valuation of assets in markets that have become less liquid. Determining whether a market is active requires

the exercise of judgement and is determined based upon the facts and circumstances of the market for the instrument being measured.

Where the Directors determine that there is no active market for a particular financial instrument, for example where a particular collective

investment scheme is suspended from trading, fair value is assessed using valuation techniques based on available, relevant, information

and an appraisal of all associated risks. When a collective investment scheme recommences regular trading, the value would be transferred

back to Level 1. This process requires the exercise of significant judgement on the part of Directors.

Due to the linked nature of the contracts administered by the Group’s insurance undertakings, any change in the value of financial assets

held to cover financial liabilities under those contracts will result in an equal and opposite change in the value of contract liabilities. The

separate effect on financial assets and financial liabilities is included in investment income and investment contract benefits, respectively, in

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Class of Asset Subsequent MeasurementFinancial assets at FVTPL Measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income and foreign exchange gains and losses, are recognised in profit or loss.Financial assets at Measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and amortised costlosses and impairment are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognised in profit or loss.

![]()

FINANCIALS

91

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

IFRS 13 requires the Group to classify fair value measurements into a fair value hierarchy by reference to the observability and significance

of the inputs used in measuring that fair value. The hierarchy is as follows:

•  Level 1: fair value is determined using quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets.

•  Level 2: fair value is determined using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset either

directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

•  Level 3: fair value is determined using inputs for the asset that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The following table analyses the Group’s financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, at 30 June 2024:

Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  TotalFinancial assets at fair value through profit or loss  £m  £m  £m  £mEquity securities  75.7  3.2  - 78.9Collective investment schemes  917.8  16.7  3.0 937.5Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes  0.8 11.0 58.8 70.6Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss  994.3  30.9  61.8  1,087.0

All other financial assets and liabilities are designated as held at amortised cost which approximates to fair value.

Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total  £m £m £m £mDeposit and money market funds  88.2 - - 88.2Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss  1,082.5 10.6 70.5 1,175.2Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss  -  1,150.9 - 1,150.9

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are classified as level 2 on the basis that they relate to policies investing in financial

assets at fair value through profit and loss.

The following tables analyse the Group’s financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, at 30 June 2023:

Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  TotalFinancial assets at fair value through profit or loss  £m  £m  £m  £mEquity securities  52.0 - - 52.0Collective investment schemes  899.3 10.9  5.3  915.5Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes  1.2 10.0 52.1  63.3Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss  952.5  20.9  57.4  1,030.8

Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total  £m £m £m £mDeposit and money market funds  90.2 - -  90.2Total financial assets at fair value through profit or loss  1,042.7 20.9 57.4  1.121.0Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss  -  1,101.5  - 1,101.5

During the year ended 30 June 2024, £0.3m of bond investments were transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 following a review of

their underlying valuation inputs. A further £0.4m of similar assets were r

eclassified from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the same

classification review, reflecting that the value of these assets were based on observable market data and changes to the details of the

security. All other notable movements between investment levels have been detailed below in the reconciliation between opening and

closing balances of Level 3 assets.

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

92

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs

The following tables show the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 2 and Level 3 fair values for financial instruments in the

statement of financial position, as well as the significant unobservable inputs used.

Type  Valuation technique Significant Sensitivity to changes in unobservable inputunobservable inputsSuspended Latest available information including or such as net asset Discount factor (5%) If the NAV was higher/lower, the fair value assets £3.0m values (NAV) or other communication receivedand NAVwould be higher/lower.(2023: £5.3m)If the discount factor was higher/lower, the fair value would be lower/higher.Bonds and Market comparison/ discounted cash flow: The fair value is Level 2: Not Level 2: Not applicable.structured estimated considering: applicable.notes (i) current or recent quoted prices for identical securities in Level 3:Level 2: markets that are not active; and Level 3:Significant increases/ decreases in this £11.0m (2023: (ii) a net present value calculated using discount rates Underlying volatilityinput in isolation would result in a higher or £10.0m)which are determined with reference to observable market lower fair valueLevel 3: transactions in instruments with substantially the same terms £58.8mand characteristics including credit quality, the remaining (2023: £52.0m)term to repayments of the principal and the currency in which the payments are made.

Level 3 Sensitivity to Changes in Unobservable Measurements

For financial assets assessed as Level 3, based on its review of the prices used, the Company believes that any reasonable change to the

unobservable inputs used to measure fair value would not result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement at year end, and

therefore would not have a material impact on its reported results.

Significant unobservable inputs are developed as follows:

Underlying Volatility

In the absence of implied volatility until the maturity and moneyness of the instrument, the best estimate is the use of extrapolated implied

volatility or historical volatility. The inputs used are derived against other independent valuation sources and the reasonableness of the

assumptions is evaluated as part of the process.

The reconciliation between opening and closing balances of Level 3 assets are presented in the table below:

2024 2023  £m £mOpening balance  57.4  50.6Unrealised gains/(losses)  (2.3)  (6.5)Transfers into level 3  1.1  1.6Transfers out of level 3  - -Purchases, sales, issues and settlements  5.6  11.7Closing balance  61.8  57.4

4 Segmental Information

Disclosure of operating segments in these financial statements is consistent with reports provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker

(“CODM”) which, in the case of the Group, has been identified as the Executive Committee of Hansard Global plc.

In the opinion of the CODM, the Group operates in a single reportable segment, that of the distribution and servicing of long-term investment

products. New business development, distribution, and associated activities in relation to the Republic of Ireland ceased with effect from 30

June 2013. All other activities of the Group are continuing.

The Group’s Executive Committee uses two principal measures when appraising the performance of the business: net issued compensation

credit (“NICC”) (weighted where appropriate by product line) and expenses. NICC is a measure of the value of new in-force business and

top-ups on existing single premium contracts. NICC is the total amount of basic initial commission payable to intermediaries for business

sold in a period and is calculated on each piece of new business. It excludes override commission paid to intermediaries over and above

the basic level of commission.

![]()

FINANCIALS

93

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

The following table analyses NICC geographically and reconciles NICC to direct origination costs incurred during the year as set out in the

Business and Operating Review section of this Annual Report and Accounts.

2024 2023  £m £mMiddle East and Africa  1.7  2.7Latin America  2.1 2.4Rest of the World  1.7 0.5Far East  0.1 0.1Net Issued Compensation Credit  5.6  5.7Other commission costs paid to third parties  3.2 3.4Enhanced unit allocations  0.9 1.0Direct origination costs incurred during the year  9.7 10.1

Revenues and expenses allocated to geographical locations contained in sections 4.1 to 4.4 below reflect the revenues and expenses

generated in or incurred by the legal entities in those locations.

4.1 Geographical Analysis of Fees and Commissions by Origin

2024 2023 £m £mIsle of Man  46.0  43.1Republic of Ireland  2.2  2.1The Bahamas\*  0.6  0.5  48.8  45.7

\* Hansard Worldwide, which is based in the Bahamas, fully reinsures its business to Hansard International. All external fees and commissions

for Hansard Worldwide are therefore presented within the Isle of Man category. These amounted to £3.8m in 2024 (2023: £3.2m). The fees

shown in the table above in respect of The Bahamas represent fees received by Hansard Worldwide from Hansard International.

4.2 Geographical Analysis of Profit Before Taxation

2024 2023  £m £mIsle of Man  6.5  6.5Republic of Ireland  (1.6)  (1.0)The Bahamas  0.4  0.4  5.3 5.9

4.3 Geographical Analysis of Gross Assets

2024 2023  £m £mIsle of Man\*  1,283.1  1,229.8Republic of Ireland  82.5  87.0The Bahamas  1.7  1.8  1,367.3  1,318.6

\* Includes assets held in the Isle of Man in connection with policies written in The Bahamas. As at 30 June 2023 these amounted to

£240.6m (30 June 2023: £178.5m).

4.4 Geographical Analysis of Gross Liabilities

2024 2023  £m £mIsle of Man  1,033.8  1,043.8Republic of Ireland  70.2  73.3The Bahamas  242.5  179.7  1,346.5  1,296.8

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

94

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

5 Fees and Commissions

Fees are charged to the contract holders of investment contracts for contract administration services, investment management services,

payment of benefits and other services related to the administration of investment contracts. Fees may be chargeable on either a fixed

fee basis, a fee per transaction or as a percentage of assets under administration. Fees are recognised as revenue as the services are

provided. Initial fees that exceed the level of recurring fees and relate to the future provision of services are deferred in the balance sheet

and amortised on a straight-line basis over the life of the relevant contract. These fees are accounted for on the issue of a contract and on

receipt of incremental premiums on existing single premium contracts.

Regular fees charged to contracts are recognised on a straight-line basis over the period in which the service is provided. Transactional fees

are recorded when the required action is complete.

Commissions receivable arise principally from fund houses with which investments are held. Commissions are recognised on an accruals

basis in accordance with the relevant agreement.

2024 2023  £m £mContract fee income  30.6 28.1Fund management charges  13.4 12.9Commissions receivable  4.8  4.7  48.8  45.7

Fund management charges and commissions receivable (37% of the total above (2023: 39%)) are a function of the level of assets

under administration.

6 Investment Income

Investment income comprises dividends, interest, and other income receivable, realised and unrealised gains and losses on investments.

Movements are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise. Dividends are accrued

on the date notified. Interest is accounted for on a time proportion basis using the effective interest method.

2024 2023  £m £mInterest income  4.7 3.5Dividend income  5.4  4.7Gains on realisation of investments  25.7 51.3Movement in unrealised gains / (losses)  83.7  (15.0)  119.5  44.5

7 Origination Costs

Origination costs include commissions, intermediary incentives, and other distribution-related expenditure (note 2.2). Origination costs which

vary with, and are directly related to, securing new contracts and incremental premiums on existing single premium contracts are deferred

to the extent that they are recoverable out of future net income from the relevant contract. Deferred origination costs are amortised on a

straight-line basis over the life of the relevant contracts.  Typical terms range between 6 years and 16 years. Origination costs that do not

meet the criteria for deferral are expensed as incurred.

2024 2023  £m £mAmortisation of deferred origination costs  13.9  13.5Other origination costs  2.2  2.7  16.1  16.2

![]()

FINANCIALS

95

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

8 Administrative and Other Expenses

Included in administrative and other expenses are the following:

2024 2023  £m £mAuditors’ remuneration:   - Fees payable for audit services  0.8  0.7- Fees payable for audit related services pursuant to legislation  0.1 0.1- Fees payable for non-audit services  - -Employee costs (see note 9)  11.5 10.3Directors’ fees  0.4 0.4Fund management fees  5.1 5.3Renewal and other commission  0.9 0.9Professional and other fees  4.8 4.2Litigation fees and settlements  2.2 1.5Credit loss allowance  - 0.1Licences and maintenance fees  4.1 2.4Insurance costs  0.9 0.9Depreciation of property, plant and equipment  1.0 1.1Communications  0.2 0.2

9 Employee Costs

The Group provides a  range of benefits to employees, including annual bonus arrangements, paid holiday arrangements  and defined

contribution pension plans.

Short term benefits, including holiday pay and other similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised as an expense in the period in which the

service is received.

The Group pays fixed pension contributions on behalf of its employees (defined contribution plans). Once the contributions have been paid

the Group has no further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised as an expense when they are due. Amounts not paid are

shown in accruals in the balance sheet. The assets of the plan are held separately from the Group in independently administered funds.

The Group operates an annual bonus plan for employees. An expense is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to make payments under the plan as a result of past events and a reliable estimate

of the obligation can be made.

9.1 The aggregate remuneration in respect of employees (including sales employees and executive Directors) was as follows:

2024 2023  £m £mWages and salaries  10.3  9.7Social security costs  1.0  0.8Contributions to pension plans  1.0  1.0  12.3  11.5

Total salary and other employee costs for the year are incorporated within the following classifications:

2024 2023  £m £mAdministrative and other expenses  11.5  10.3Origination costs  0.8  1.2  12.3  11.5

The above information includes Directors’ remuneration (excluding non-executive Directors’ fees).

9.2 The average number of employees during the year was as follows:

2024 2023  No. No.Administration  124  119Distribution and marketing  14  18IT development  44  50  182  187

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

96

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

10 Taxation

Taxation is based on profits and income for the period as determined with reference to the relevant tax legislation in the countries in which

the Company and its subsidiaries operate. Tax payable is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the

balance sheet date. Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items

recognised in equity. Tax on items relating to equity is recognised in equity.

The corporation tax expense for the Group for 2024 was £0.1m (2023: £0.2m).  Corporation tax is charged on any profits arising at the

following rates depending on location of the company or branch:

Isle of Man  0% (2023: 0%)Republic of Ireland  12.5% (2023: 12.5%)Japan branch  23.2% (2023: 23.2%)Labuan  24% (2023: 24%)The Bahamas  0% (2023: 0%)

2024 2023  £m £mCurrent year tax provisions  0.1  0.2Adjustment to prior year tax provisions  -  - 0.1 0.2

No deferred tax asset is currently being recorded in relation to losses arising in Hansard Europe.

There is no material difference between the current tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the current tax

charge that would result from applying standard rates of tax to the profit before tax.

The OECD’s Pillar II global minimum tax, based on the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) Model Rules, is not expected to have an impact on

the Group, as the Group’s total revenue is less than €750m.

11 Earnings Per Share 2024 2023Profit after tax (£m)  5.2  5.7Weighted average number of shares in issue (millions)  137.6  137.6Basic and diluted earnings per share in pence  3.8  4.1

The Directors believe that there is no material difference between the weighted average number of shares in issue for the purposes of

calculating either basic or diluted earnings per share. Earnings under either measure is 3.8p per share (2023: 4.1p).

12 Dividends

Interim dividends payable to shareholders are recognised in the year in which the dividends are paid. Final dividends payable are

recognised as liabilities when approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

The following dividends have been paid by the Group during the year:

Per share  Total  Per share  Total  2024 2024 2023 2023  p £m  p £mFinal dividend in respect of previous financial year  2.65 3.6 2.65  3.5Interim dividend in respect of current financial year  1.80 2.5 1.80 2.4  4.45 6.1 4.45 5.9

The Board has resolved to pay a final dividend of 2.65p per share on 14 November 2024, subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting,

based on shareholders on the register on 4 October 2024.

13 Intangible Assets and Property, Plant and Equipment

Intangible Assets

The historical cost of computer software is the purchase cost and the direct cost of internal development. Computer software is recognised

as an intangible asset.

2024 2023  £m £mIntangible assets 23.2 19.9

![]()

FINANCIALS

97

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Amortisation is calculated so as to amortise the cost of intangible assets, less their estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over the

expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in administration and other expenses in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income.

The economic lives used for this purpose are:Computer software  3 to 15 years

The increase in computer software relates to capitalised costs associated with the development of a replacement policy administration

system.  Following the migration of the Group’s policyholder book to the new system, amortisation commenced on 1st March 2024.The

asset will be amortised over 15 years based on management’s assessment of the useful economic life of the asset.

Computer Software  2024  2023  £m £mCosts as at 1 July 20.7 14.1Capitalised additions  3.8 6.6Cost as at 30 June 24.5 20.7Accumulated amortisation at 1 July (0.8) (0.7)Charge for the year (0.5) (0.1)Accumulated amortisation as at 30 June (1.3) (0.8)Net Book Value  23.2  19.9

The cost of computer software includes £13.3m of externally generated costs (2023: £11.2m) and £9.8m of internally generated costs (2023:

£8.7m). £1.1m of amortisation currently relates to externally generated costs (2023: £0.8m) and £0.2m relates to internally generated costs

(2023: £Nil)

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment includes both tangible fixed assets and ‘right of use assets’ recognised in accordance with IFRS 16 ‘Leases’.

2024 2023  £m £mProperty, plant and equipment 0.5 0.4Right of use assets 2.1 2.4 2.6 2.8

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation and any impairment. The historical cost of property, plant and

equipment is the purchase cost, together with any incremental costs directly attributable to the acquisition.

Depreciation is calculated so as to amortise the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over the

expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in administration and other expenses in the consolidated statement

of comprehensive income.

The economic lives used for this purpose are:

Freehold property  50 yearsComputer equipment  3 to 5 yearsFixtures and fittings  4 years

Right of use assets are depreciated over the useful life of the lease.

2024 2023Property plant and equipment  £m £mCost as at 1 July 10.3 10.7Additions  0.2 -Disposals  - (0.4)Cost as at 30 June  10.5  10.3Accumulated depreciation as at 1 July (9.9) (9.9)Charge for the year  (0.1)  -Accumulated depreciation as at 30 June  (10.0)  (9.9)Net Book Value    0.5  0.4

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

98

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

IFRS 16 – Leases

The right-of-use assets for property leases are measured at an amount equal to the lease liability adjusted by the amount of any prepaid

or accrued lease payments recognised immediately before the date of initial application, being the commencement date. The liabilities are

measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using an incremental borrowing rate. The weighted average

incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on 30 June 2024 was 7% (2023: 7%).

The Group leases various offices around the world to service its clients and operations. Rental contracts are typically made for periods of

1 to 15 years, incorporating break clauses where applicable. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain differing terms

and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants.

In determining the lease terms utilised in assessing the position under IFRS 16, management considers break clauses in leases, where

appropriate. No potential future outflows exist on leases beyond the break clause (2023: £nil). During the prior year the Group made the

decision to change their position on the likelihood of exercising the break clause for the leases at the Group’s head office. The previous

position assumed that these break clauses would be exercised. The Group now believes that the terms of the leases have become more

favorable in the current high inflation environment, as well as the amount spent on infrastructure at the property means it is likely that the

leases will continue past their break clause.  As a result, the company recognised additions of £0.9m in both the right-of-use asset and lease

liability as at 30 June 2023.

Leases (other  than those  classified as short-term  leases or leases  of low-value  assets) are recognised as  a right-of-use asset  and a

corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between

the liability and a finance cost. The finance cost is charged over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on

the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the

lease term on a straight-line basis.

Short-term leases (those with a lease term or useful life of less than 12 months at inception) and leases of low value assets (comprising IT-

equipment and small items of office furniture) are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in administration and other expenses in

the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

The recognition of the right-of-use asset represents an increase in the property, plant and equipment figure of £2.1m (30 June 2023: £2.4m).

Lease liabilities relating to the right-of-use asset are included within other payables. The interest recognised on the lease liabilities in respect

of the right of use asset was £0.1m (30 June 2023: £0.1m).

During the year ended 30 June 2021, the Group entered into a sub-lease for part of a building that is reported as a right-of-use asset. The

group has classified the sub-lease as an operating lease, as it does not transfer substantially all of the risks and rewards incidental to the

ownership of the sub-let asset. During the year ending 30 June 2024, the Group recognised rental income of less than £0.1m (2023: less

than £0.1m). 2024 2023  £m £mRight of use asset recognised 1 July  2.4  1.9Additions during the period  -  0.9Depreciation  (0.3)  (0.4)Net book value of right of use asset as at 30 June  2.1 2.4

2024 2023  £m £mLease liability recognised 1 July  2.9 2.3Additions during the period  - 0.9Lease payments made during the period  (0.4)  (0.4)Interest on leases  0.2 0.1Lease liability recognised as at 30 June  2.7 2.9Of which are:  Current lease liabilities  0.2 0.2 Non-current lease liabilities  2.5  2.7

14 Deferred Origination Costs

Amortisation of deferred origination costs is charged within the origination costs line in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Formal reviews to assess the recoverability of deferred origination costs on investment contracts are carried out at each balance sheet date

to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If there is any indication of irrecoverability or impairment, the asset’s recoverable

amount is estimated. Impairment losses are reversed through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income if there is a change in

the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. Such losses are reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does

not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of amortisation where applicable, if no impairment loss had been

recognised.

![]()

FINANCIALS

99

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

The amount of deferred origination costs amortised each year is determined by the estimated lives of the Group’s products (note 2). Reducing

the estimated life of the total portfolio by 1 year would increase the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £1.3m. Increasing the

estimated life of the total portfolio by 1 year would reduce the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £1.1m. Offsetting movements

would also arise in deferred income as outlined in note 18.

The movement in value over the financial year is summarised below.

2024 2023  £m £mAt beginning of financial year  117.8 122.5Origination costs incurred and deferred during the year  8.2  8.7Origination costs amortised during the year  (13.9)  (13.4)  112.1  117.8 2024 2023 Carrying value  £m  £mExpected to be amortised within one year  11.6 11.9Expected to be amortised after one year  100.5 105.9  112.1  117.8

15 Other Receivables

Other receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment.

2024 2023  £m £mCommission receivable  1.4 1.4Other debtors  3.7 2.3Prepayments  1.2 1.2  6.3  4.9Estimated to be settled within 12 months  6.3  4.9Estimated to be settled after 12 months  -  -  6.3  4.9

Due to the short-term nature of these assets the carrying value is considered to reflect fair value.

16 Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other short-term highly liquid investments with a

minimal cost to be converted to cash, typically with original maturities of three months or less, net of short-term overdraft positions where a

right of set-off exists. In the below table, Money market funds includes all immediately available cash, other than specific short-term deposits.

2024 2023  £m £mMoney market funds and call bank deposits  47.3  46.8Short-term deposits with credit institutions  0.6  5.4 47.9 52.2

Cash and cash equivalents are recognised on receipt prior to investment to contract holder funds.

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

100

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

17 Financial Liabilities Under Investment Contracts

17.1 Investment Contract Liabilities, Premiums and Benefits Paid

17.1.1 Investment Contract Liabilities

Investment contracts consist of unit-linked contracts written through subsidiary companies in the Group. Unit-linked liabilities are measured

at fair value by reference to the underlying net asset value of the Group’s unitised investment funds, determined on a bid basis, at the balance

sheet date.

The decision by the Group to designate its unit-linked liabilities at fair value through profit or loss is to eliminate a measurement inconsistency

that would otherwise arise from measuring the investments at FVTPL and the contract liabilities at amortised cost.

17.1.2 Investment Contract Premiums

Investment contract premiums are not included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income but are reported as deposits to

investment contracts and are included in financial liabilities in the balance sheet. On existing business, a liability is recognised at the point

the premium falls due. The liability for premiums received on new business is deemed to commence at the acceptance of risk.

17.1.3 Benefits Paid

Withdrawals from policy contracts and other benefits paid are not included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income but

are deducted from financial liabilities under investment contracts in the balance sheet. Benefits are deducted from financial liabilities and

transferred to amounts due to investment contract holders based on notifications received, when the benefit falls due for payment or, on the

earlier of the date when paid or when the contract ceases to be included within those liabilities.

17.2 Movement in Financial Liabilities Under Investment Contracts

The following table summarises the movement in liabilities under investment contracts during the year:

2024 2023  £m £mDeposits to investment contracts  108.3  116.3Withdrawals from contracts and charges  (173.3)  (147.7)Change in provisions for investment contract liabilities  114.4  40.6Movement in year  49.4 9.2At beginning of year  1,101.5 1,092.3  1,150.9  1,101.5 2024 2023 £m £mContractually expected to be settled within 12 months  37.0  43.4Contractually expected to be settled after 12 months  1,113.9  1,058.1  1,150.9  1,101.5

The change in provisions for investment contract liabilities includes dividend and interest income and net realised and unrealised gains and

losses on financial investments held to cover financial liabilities. Dividend income, interest income and gains and losses are accounted for

in accordance with note 6

17.3 Investments Held to Cover Liabilities Under Investment Contracts

The Group classifies its financial assets into the following categories: financial investments and trade receivables. Financial investments

consist of units in collective investment schemes, equity securities, fixed income securities and deposits with credit institutions. Collective

investment schemes, equity securities and fixed income securities are designated at fair value through profit or loss. Deposits with credit

institutions are designated at amortised cost.

The decision by the Group to designate its financial investments at fair value through profit or loss reflects the fact that the investment

portfolio is managed, and its performance evaluated, on a fair value basis.

The Group recognises purchases and sales of investments on trade date. Investment transaction costs are written off in administration

expenses as incurred.

All gains and losses derived from financial investments, realised or unrealised, are recognised within investment income in the consolidated

statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss that are traded in active markets (such as trading securities) is based on quoted

market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price. Investments

in funds are valued at the latest available net asset valuation provided by the administrators or managers of the funds and companies, unless

the Directors are aware of good reasons why such valuations would not be the most appropriate or indicative of fair value. Where necessary,

the Group uses other valuation methods to arrive at the stated fair value of its financial assets, such as recent arms’ length transactions or

reference to similar listed investments.

![]()

FINANCIALS

101

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Loans and  receivables are financial  assets with fixed  or  determinable payments that  are not  quoted on an  active market. Loans and

receivables consist, primarily, of contract fees receivable, long-term cash deposits (i.e. with an original maturity duration in excess of three

months) and cash and cash equivalents.

The following investments, other assets and liabilities are held to cover financial liabilities under investment contracts. They are included

within the relevant headings on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

2024 2023  £m £mEquity securities  78.9 52.0Investments in collective investment schemes  937.5 915.4Fixed income securities, bonds and structured notes  70.6  58.7Deposits and money market funds  64.3  77.4Total assets  1,151.3 1,103.5Other payables  (0.4)  (2.0)Financial investments held to cover financial liabilities  1,150.9  1,101.5

The other receivables and other payables fair value approximates amortised cost.

17.4 Amounts Due to Investment Contract Holders

Where financial liabilities under investment contracts mature or are redeemed by contact holders, such amounts payable are recorded as

amounts due to investment contract holders.

18 Deferred Income

Fees charged for services related to the management of investment contracts are recognised as revenue as the services are provided.

Initial fees which exceed the level of recurring fees and relate to the future provision of services are deferred. These are amortised over

the anticipated period in which services will be provided. The recognition of balances in the deferred income reserve is based on actuarial

assumptions regarding the estimated life of each policy. These actuarial assumptions are complex in nature and are subject to estimation

uncertainty (note 2). The actuarial assumptions are reviewed regularly by the Appointed Actuary.

The amount of deferred income amortised each year is determined by the estimated lives of the Group’s products. Reducing the estimated

life of the total portfolio by 1 year would increase the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £1.6m. Increasing the estimated life

of the total portfolio by 1 year would reduce the annual amortisation for the next financial year by £1.4m. Offsetting movements would also

arise in deferred income as outlined in note 14.

The movement in value of deferred income over the financial year is summarised below.

2024 2023  £m £mAt beginning of financial year  144.8 145.1Income received and deferred during the year  12.7  16.5Income amortised and recognised in contract fees during the year  (17.3)  (16.8)At the end of financial year  140.2  144.8

2024 2023Carrying value  £m  £mExpected to be amortised within one year  15.0 15.1Expected to be amortised after one year  125.2  129.7  140.2  144.8

19 Other Payables

Other payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. They are recognised at the point where

service is received but payment is due after the balance sheet date.

2024 2023  £m £mCommission payable  1.2  1.4Other creditors and accruals  11.7  9.5Lease liabilities of which:  Current lease liabilities  0.2 0.2  Non-current lease liabilities  2.5  2.7  15.6  13.8

![]()

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

102

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

20 Provisions

Provisions represent amounts to settle a number of the claims referred to in Note 26 ‘Contingent Liabilities’ where it is economically beneficial

to do so. Such provisions are calculated where there is an established pattern of settlement for that grouping of claims. The following table

reflects the movement in the provision during the period under review.

2024  2023  £m  £mSettlement provision as at 1 July 0.1 0.2Additional provisions made in the period 0.4 -Released from the provision for settlements  -  (0.1)Settlement provision as at 30 June  0.5  0.1

Further information outlined within IAS 37.85 is not disclosed on the basis that it may prejudice the Company’

s position.

With the exception of the lease liabilities shown in note 13, and the provisions referred to above, all other payable balances, including

amounts due to contract holders, are deemed to be current. Due to the short-term nature of these payables the carrying value is considered

to reflect fair value.

21 Capital Management

It is the Group’s policy to maintain a strong capital base in order to:

•  satisfy the requirements of its contract holders, creditors and regulators.

•  maintain financial strength to support new business growth and create shareholder value.

•  match the profile of its assets and liabilities, taking account of the risks inherent in the business; and

•  generate operating cash flows to meet dividend requirements.

Within the Group each subsidiary company manages its own capital. Capital generated in excess of planned requirements is returned to

the Company by way of dividends. Group capital requirements are monitored by the Board.

The Company monitors capital on two bases:

•  the total shareholder’s equity, as per the balance sheet; and

•  the capital requirement of the relevant supervisory bodies, where subsidiaries are regulated.

The Group’s policy is for each company to hold the higher of:

•  the Company’s internal assessment of the capital required; or

•  the capital requirement of the relevant supervisory body, where applicable.

There has been no material change in the Group’s management of capital during the period. The Group continued to perform additional

modelling around risks arising from the current geopolitical position and global economic conditions, and to give consideration to emerging

market practice and regulatory expectations around capital conservation.  All regulated entities within the Group exceed significantly the

minimum solvency requirements at the balance sheet date.

The Group’s lead regulator, the Isle of Man FSA, monitors capital requirements for the Group as a whole. The insurance subsidiaries are

directly supervised by their local regulators. The lead regulator’s approach to the measurement of capital adequacy is primarily based on

monitoring the relationship of the Solvency Capital Requirement (‘SCR’) to regulatory capital. All regulated entities within the Group exceed

the minimum solvency requirements at the balance sheet date. The capital held within Hansard Europe is considered not to be available for

dividend to Hansard Global plc until such time as the legal cases referred to in note 26 are substantially resolved.

22 Share Capital 2024 2023  £m £mAuthorised:200,000,000 ordinary shares of 50p  100.0  100.0Issued and fully paid:137,557,079 (2023: 137,557,079) ordinary shares of 50p 68.8 68.8

No shares (2023: nil) were issued or bought back in the year.

![]()

FINANCIALS

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

23 Other Reserves

Other reserves comprise the merger reserve arising on the acquisition by the Company of its subsidiary companies on 1 July 2005, the share

premium account and the share save reserve. The merger reserve represents the difference between the par value of shares issued by the

Company for the acquisition of those companies, compared to the par value of the share capital and the share premium of those companies

at the date of acquisition.

2024 2023  £m £mMerger reserve  (48.5)  (48.5)Share premium  0.1  0.1Share save reserve  0.1  0.1Reserve for own shares held within EBT  (0.3)  (0.2)  (48.6)  (48.5)

Included within other reserves is an amount representing 1,257,000 (2023: 557,000) ordinary shares held by the Group’s employee benefit

trust (‘EBT’) which were acquired at a cost of £0.5m (see note 24). The ordinary shares held by the trustee of the Group’s employee benefit

trust are treated as treasury shares in the consolidated balance sheet in accordance with IAS 32 ‘’Financial Instruments: Presentation’’.

This reserve arose when the Group acquired equity share capital under its EBT, which is held in trust by the trustee of the EBT. Treasury

shares cease to be accounted for as such when they are sold outside the Group, or the interest is transferred in full to the employee pursuant

to the terms of the incentive plan.

24 Equity Settled Share-Based Payments

The Company has established a number of equity-based payment programmes for eligible employees. The fair value of expected equity-

settled share-based payments under these programmes is calculated at date of grant using a standard option-pricing model and is amortised

over the vesting period on a straight-line basis through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. A corresponding amount is

credited to equity over the same period.

At each balance sheet date, the Group reviews its estimate of the number of options expected to be exercised. The impact of any revision

in the number of such options is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income so that the charge to the consolidated

statement of comprehensive income is based on the number of options that vest. A corresponding adjustment is made to equity.

The estimated fair value of the schemes and the imputed cost for the period under review is not material to these financial statements.

24.1 SAYE Programme

This is a standard scheme approved by the Revenue authorities in the Isle of Man that is available to all employees where individuals may

make monthly contributions over three or five years to purchase shares at a price not less than 80% of the market price at the date of the

invitation to participate.

At the date of this report, the following options remain outstanding under each tranche: 2024 2023 Scheme year  No. of options  No. of options2018  - 29,031

103

![]()

104

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

A summary of the transactions in the existing SAYE programmes during the year is as follows:

2024  2023 Weighted Weighted average average  No. of  exercise  No. of  exercise  options  price (p)  options  price (p)Outstanding at the start of year  29,031 62  78,779  65Granted  - -  - -Exercised  - -  - -Forfeited  (29,031) 62  (49,748)  66Outstanding at end of year\*  - -  29,031  62

There were no new options granted during the current financial year.

24.2 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust was established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as an incentive on a deferred basis. Shares

are granted under the scheme at fair value, which is based on the market value of the shares on that date.  Shares granted under the scheme

are purchased by the Trust in the open market and held until vesting. Awards made under the scheme would normally vest after three years.

2024 2023 Share Awards  No. of Shares  No. of SharesOutstanding at start of period  601,684 -Granted  463,823  631,446Forfeited  (64,608)  (29,762)Vested  (74,899) -Outstanding at the end of period  926,000  601,684

The Trust has been funded by way of a loan, and as at 30 June 2024 the outstanding balance on the loan was £554,000 (30 June 2023:

£199,000). As at 30 June 2024 the Trust held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000). 74,899 shares vested during the year ended 30 June 2024

(2023: none) and have not yet been transferred.

2024  2023 Shares held by the Trust  No. of Shares  No. of SharesOutstanding at start of period  557,000 12,000Granted  700,000 545,000Forfeited  - -Vested  - -Outstanding at end of period  1,257,000  557,000

During the period the expense arising from share-based payment transactions was £0.1m (2023: £0.05m).

25 Related Party Transactions

25.1 Intra-Group Transactions

Various subsidiary companies within the Group perform services for other Group companies in the normal course of business. The financial

results of these activities are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

25.2 Key Management Personnel Compensation

Key management consists of 21 individuals (2023: 20), being members of the Group’s Executive Committee, executive Directors of direct

subsidiaries of the Company and the Non-executive Directors of both the Group and subsidiary companies

The aggregate remuneration paid to key management during the year-ended 30 June was as follows:

2024 2023  £m £mShort-term employee benefits  2.1  2.5Post-employment benefits  0.3  0.2Total  2.4  2.7

There were no outstanding amounts as at 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).

The total value of investment contracts issued by the Group and held by key management is nil (2023: nil).

![]()

FINANCIALS

105

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

25.3 Transactions of Controlling Shareholder

Dr L S Polonsky is regarded as the controlling shareholder of the Group, as defined by the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority.

In the year ending 30 June 2024 there were no transactions with Dr Polonsky (2023: nil).

25.4 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust was established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as an incentive on a deferred basis. The

Trust has been funded by way of a loan, and as at 30 June 2024 the outstanding balance on the loan was £554,000 (30 June 2023: £199,000.

As at 30 June 2024 the Trust held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000).

26 Contingent Liabilities

26.1 Litigation

The Group does not and has never given any investment advice. Investment decisions are taken either by the contract holder directly or

through a professional intermediary appointed by the contract holder. Contract holders bear the financial risk relating to the investments

underpinning their contracts, as the policy benefits are linked to the value of the assets. Notwithstanding the above, financial services

institutions are frequently drawn into disputes in cases where the value and performance of assets selected by or on behalf of contract

holders fails to meet their expectations. At the balance sheet date, a number of fund structures remain affected by liquidity or other issues

that hinder their sales or redemptions on normal terms with a consequent adverse impact on policy transactions.

As reported previously, the Group has been subject to a number of complaints in relation to the selection and performance of assets linked

to contracts. The Group has been served with a number of writs arising from such complaints and other asset-related issues. Most of the

writs relate to historic business written prior to the closure to new business of Hansard Europe in 2013, with a minimal number relating to

Hansard International Limited. Most of the cases have arisen in Italy, with a smaller number in Belgium and Germany.

As at 30 June 2024, the Group had been served with cumulative writs with a net exposure totalling €23.8m, or £20.2m in sterling terms (30

June 2023: €26.1m / £22.4m) arising from contract holder complaints and other asset performance-related issues. The primary reason for

the decrease in contingent liabilities is due to a case with a potential exposure of approximately £1.4m now considered to be remote and

thus outside the scope of a contingent liability, as well as a reduction in the number of German cases.

During the year, the Group successfully defended 8 cases with net exposures of approximately £1.3m, 5 of which may be appealed by the

plaintiffs (2023: successfully defended 15 cases with net exposures of £1.9m). These successes continue to affirm confidence in the Group’s

legal arguments.

Our policy is to maintain contingent liabilities even where we win cases in the court of first instance if such cases have been subsequently

appealed.

We have previously noted that we expect a number of our claims to ultimately be covered by our Group insurance cover. During the year we

recorded £0.7m (2023: £0.1m) in total recoveries in relation to costs paid by the Group. We expect such reimbursement to continue during

the course of that litigation.

While it is not  possible to forecast or determine the final results of pending  or threatened legal  proceedings, based on the  pleadings

and advice received from the Group’s legal representatives, the Directors believe that the Group has strong defences to such claims.

Notwithstanding this, there may be circumstances where in order to avoid the expense and distraction of protracted litigation the Board may

consider it in the best interests of the Group and its shareholders to reach a commercial resolution with regard to certain of these claims.

Such cases totalled less than £0.4m (2023: less than £0.1m) during the period. A provision of £0.5m (2023: £0.1m) has been provided where

based on past experience it is expected that future settlements may be reached. Where an established pattern of settlement is established

for any grouping of claims, a provision for expected future settlements is made in line with IAS 37, to the extent that they can be reliably

estimated. This is outlined in Note 20.

It is not possible at this time to make any further reliable estimates of liability. Accordingly, no further provisions have been made beyond

those noted above.

Between 30 June 2024 and the date of this report, there have been no material developments.

26.2 Isle of Man Policyholders’ Compensation Scheme

The Group’s principal subsidiary, Hansard International is a member of the Isle of Man Policyholders’ Compensation Scheme governed by the

Life Assurance (Compensation of Policyholders) Regulations 1991. The objective of the Scheme is to provide compensation for policyholders

should an authorised insurer be unable to meet its liabilities to policyholders. In the event of a levy being charged by the Scheme members,

Hansard International would be obliged to meet the liability arising at the time. The maximum levy payable in accordance with the regulations

of the Scheme in respect of the insolvency of the insurer is 2% of long-term business liabilities. Hansard International’s products include a

clause in their terms and conditions permitting it to recover any monies paid out under the Scheme from contract holders.

![]()

106

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

27 Foreign Exchange Rates

The Group’s functional currency is pounds sterling, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates.

The Group’s presentational currency is also pounds sterling.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into sterling using the applicable exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance

sheet date, and the gains or losses on translation are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are held at historical cost are translated using exchange rates prevailing at the date of transaction;

those held at fair value are translated using exchange rates ruling at the date on which the fair value was determined.

The closing exchange rates used by the Group for the conversion of significant consolidated balance sheet items to sterling were as follows:

2024 2022US Dollar  1.26  1.27Japanese Yen  203  184Euro  1.18  1.17

28 Events After the Reporting Period

This report for the year ended 30 June 2024 was approved for issue on 25 September 2024. No material events have occurred between the

reporting date and the issue date that require disclosure under IAS 10.

### Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements continued

![]()

FINANCIALS

107

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Share  Other Retained

capital reserves earnings  Total

£m £m £m £m

At 1 July 2022  68.8  0.2  15.4 84.4

Profit and total comprehensive income for the

year after taxation  -  -  6.2 6.2

Transactions with owners

Dividends paid  - - (5.9) (5.9)

At 30 June 2023  68.8  0.2  15.7 84.7

Share  Other Retained

capital reserves earnings  Total

£m £m £m £m

At 1 July 2023  68.8  0.2  15.7 84.7

Profit and total comprehensive income for the

year after taxation  -  - 5.2 5.2

Transactions with owners

Dividends paid  - - (6.1) (6.1)

At 30 June 2024  68.8  0.2  14.8  83.8

The notes on pages 110 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements.

### Hansard Global plc

#### Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equityfor the Year Ended 30 June 2024

![]()

108

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

2024 2023

Notes £m £m

Assets

Fixed assets

Intangible assets  6  23.2 19.9

Property, plant and equipment  7  0.3 0.4

Investment in subsidiary companies  4  72.5  72.5

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents    2.4 0.1

Amounts due from subsidiary companies  5  - 1.4

Other receivables    0.4  0.7

Total assets    98.8  95.0

Liabilities

Other payables

2.0 1.7

Amounts due to subsidiary companies

5 13.0 8.6

Total liabilities    15.0  10.3

Net assets    83.8  84.7

Shareholders’ equity

Called up share capital  8  68.8  68.8

Share premium    0.1 0.1

Retained earnings    14.8  15.7

Share based payments reserve    0.1  0.1

Total shareholders’ equity    83.8  84.7

The notes on pages 110 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements.

The parent company financial statements on pages 107 to 109 were approved by the Board on 25 September 2024 and

signed on its behalf by:

Thomas Morfett  David Peach

Director Director

### Hansard Global plc

#### Parent Company Balance Sheetas at 30 June 2024

![]()

FINANCIALS

109

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

2024 2023

£m £m

Cash flow from operating activities

Profit before tax for the year    5.2  6.2

Adjustments for:

Dividends received    (14.3)  (11.5)

Movement in share based payments reserve    - -

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Increase in amounts due to subsidiaries    5.8  6.4

Decrease / (increase) in debtors    0.3  (0.2)

Increase / (decrease) in creditors    0.3  (0.4)

Cash flow (used in) / generated from operations  (2.7) 0.5

Cash flows from investing activities

Dividends received    14.3 11.5

Purchase of intangible assets    (3.2)  (6.1)

Cash flows from investing activities    11.1  5.4

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid

(6.1) (5.9)

Cash flows used in financing activities    (6.1)  (5.9)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents    2.3  -

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

0.1 0.1

Cash and cash equivalents at year end    2.4  0.1

The notes on pages 110 to 115 form an integral part of these financial statements.

### Hansard Global plc

#### Parent Company Cash Flow Statementfor the Year Ended 30 June 2024

![]()

110

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

1. General Information

Hansard Global plc (“the Company”) is a limited liability company, and is incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of Man. The registered office

of the company is 55 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM99 1QL. The Company is listed on the London Stock Exchange.

The principal activity of the Company is to act as the holding company of the Hansard gr

oup of companies (“the Group”).

The Company has its primary listing on the London Stock Exchange.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

2.1 Basis of Preparation

The individual financial statements of the Company have been prepared on a going concern basis in compliance with United Kingdom

Standards including Financial Reporting Standard 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and the Republic

of Ireland’ (“FRS 102”) and the Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004.  They are prepared under the historical cost convention. In

accordance with the provisions of the Isle of Man Companies Act 1982 the Company has not presented its own profit and loss account. The

Company’s profit for the year ended 30 June 2024, including dividends received from subsidiaries, was £5.2m (2023: £6.2m).

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with FRS 102 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates.  It also requires

management to exercise judgement in the process of applying the accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement

or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in note 3.

2.2 Investment Income

Investment income includes interest and dividends. Interest is accounted for on an accruals basis. Dividends are accrued on an ex-dividend

basis.

2.3 Dividends Payable

Dividends payable to shareholders are recognised in the year in which the dividends are approved. These amounts are recognised in the

statement of changes in equity.

2.4 Revenue Recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents the amount receivable for services rendered

net of returns, discounts and rebates allowed by the Company, and value added taxes.

Where the consideration receivable in cash or cash equivalents is deferred, and the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, the fair

value of the consideration is measured as the present value of all future receipts using the imputed rate of interest.

The Company recognises revenue when the services are rendered, the amount of revenue can be measured reliably, and it is probable that

future economic benefits will flow to the Company.

2.5 Employee Benefits

The Company provides a range of competitive benefits to employees in line with local legislation for the jurisdiction in which they are based.

Our Head Office proposition includes private health insurance with the option to include family members, permanent health insurance, death

in service scheme, annual bonus arrangements, and non-contributory pension plans which can be further enhanced via salary sacrifice

arrangements.

Short term benefits, including holiday pay and other similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised as an expense in the period in which the

service is received.

A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Once the contributions

have been paid the Company has no further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised as an expense when they are due.

Amounts not paid are shown in accruals in the balance sheet. The assets of the plan are held separately from the Company in independently

administered funds.

The Company operates an annual bonus plan for employees. An expense is recognised in the profit and loss account when the Company

has a legal or constructive obligation to make payments under the plan as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation

can be made.

![]()

FINANCIALS

111

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

#### continued

2.6 Investments in Subsidiaries

Investments in subsidiary companies are held at cost, adjusted for any impairment.

2.7 Foreign Currencies

The Company’s presentational and functional currency is pounds sterling, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which

the Company operates.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into sterling using the approximate exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance

sheet date and the gains or losses on translation are recognised in the profit and loss account.

2.8 Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historic purchase cost less accumulated depreciation.

The cost of property, plant and equipment is their purchase cost, together with any incidental costs of acquisition.  Depreciation is calculated

so as to write off the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over the expected useful economic

lives of the assets concerned. The principal rates used for this purpose are:

Freehold property    50 years

Computer equipment    3 years

Fixtures and fittings    4 years

2.9 Intangible Assets

Intangible fixed assets are stated at historic purchase cost less accumulated amortisation. The cost of intangible assets is their purchase

cost, together with any incidental costs of acquisition. Amortisation is calculated so as to write off the cost of intangible assets, less their

estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over the expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned. The intangible asset

represents a new suite of IT systems, brought into use on 1 March 2024. Amortisation commenced from that date, with the cost being

amortised over 15 years, which is deemed to be the useful economic life of the asset.

2.10 Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other short-term highly liquid investments with a

minimal cost to be converted to cash, typically with original maturities of three months or less, net of short-term overdraft positions where

a right of set-off exists.

2.11 Financial Instruments

The Company has chosen to adopt Sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of financial instruments.

(i) Financial Assets

Basic financial assets, including trade and other receivables, (i.e., debtors and amounts due from group undertakings) and cash at bank,

are initially recognised at transaction price, unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, where the transaction is measured

at the present value of the future receipts discounted at a market rate of interest. Such assets are subsequently carried at amortised cost

using the effective interest method.

At the end of each reporting period financial assets measured at amortised cost are assessed for objective evidence of impairment. If an

asset is impaired the impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the estimated cash flows

discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. The impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss.

If there is a decrease in the impairment loss arising from an event occurring after the impairment was recognised the impairment is reversed.

The reversal is such that the current carrying amount does not exceed what the carrying amount would have been had the impairment not

previously been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised in profit or loss.

Financial assets are derecognised when (a) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or are settled, or (b) substantially

all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset are transferred to another party or (c) control of the asset has been transferred to another

party who has the practical ability to unilaterally sell the asset to an unrelated third party without imposing additional restrictions.

![]()

112

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

(ii) Financial Liabilities

Basic financial liabilities, including accruals and other creditors, and amounts due to group undertakings, are initially recognised at transaction

price, unless the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, where the debt instrument is measured at the present value of the future

receipts discounted at a market rate of interest.

Other creditors are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers.

Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade payables are recognised initially at transaction price and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities are derecognised when the liability is extinguished, that is when the contractual obligation is discharged, cancelled or

expires.

2.12 Operating Lease Assets

Leases that do not transfer all of the risks of ownership are classified as operating leases. Payments under operating leases are charged to

the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

2.13 Share Capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

2.14 Related Parties

The Company discloses transactions with related parties which are not wholly owned by the same group. It does not disclose transactions

with members of the same group that are wholly owned.

3. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements in Applying Accounting Polices

Estimates, assumptions and judgements are used in the application of accounting policies in these financial statements. Critical accounting

estimates are those which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or assessments. Estimates, assumptions and judgements are

evaluated continually and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be

reasonable under the circumstances. Actual outcomes may differ from assumptions and estimates made by management.

There are no areas in which the Company applies significant accounting estimates or assumptions.

4. Investments in Subsidiary Companies

The following schedule reflects the Company’s subsidiary companies at the balance sheet date and at the date of this report. All companies

are wholly owned and incorporated in the Isle of Man, except where indicated.

Subsidiary Company

Hansard International Limited

Hansard Worldwide Limited (incorporated in The Bahamas)

Hansard Europe Designated Activity Company (incorporated in the Republic of Ireland)

Hansard Development Services Limited

Hansard Administration Services Limited

The holding value of the Company’s investment in its subsidiaries is assessed annually for evidence of impairment. This assessment

considers, among other factors, the cost versus carrying value of the investment, future dividend flows, going concern and the Value of In-

Force of the Company’s subsidiaries in order to confirm there are no indicators of impairment identified.

5. Amounts Due/due to from Subsidiary Companies

The Company and various subsidiary companies within the Group perform services for other Group companies in the normal course of

business. All balances are unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.

### Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

#### continued

![]()

FINANCIALS

113

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

#### continued

6. Intangible Assets

The historical cost of computer software is the purchase cost and the direct cost of internal development. Computer software is recognised

as an intangible asset.

2024 2023

£m £m

Cost as at 1 July  19.9  13.3

Additions  3.8  6.6

Amortisation

(0.5) -

Cost as at 30 June 23.2 19.9

The asset was brought into use as at 1 March 2024 and will be amortised over 15 years based on management’s assessment of the useful

economic life of the asset.

The cost of computer software includes £13.6m of externally generated costs (2023: £11.2m) and £10.1m of internally generated costs

(2023: £8.7m). Amortisation includes £0.3m of externally generated costs (2023: £Nil) and £0.2m of internally generated costs (2023: £Nil).

7. Property, Plant and Equipment

Depreciation is included in the profit and loss account and calculated in line with the accounting policy published above.

2024 2023

Carrying Values

£m £m

Property, plant and equipment 0.3 0.4

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation and any impairment. The historical cost of property, computer

equipment and fixtures & fittings is the purchase cost, together with any incremental costs directly attributable to the acquisition.

Depreciation is calculated so as to amortise the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over

the expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in administration and other expenses in the statement of

comprehensive income.

The carrying amount, residual value and useful life of the Company’s plant and equipment is reviewed annually to determine whether there

is any indication of impairment, or a change in residual value or expected useful life. If there is any indication of impairment, the asset’s

carrying value is revised.

The economic lives used for this purpose are:

Fixtures & fittings 4-10 years

2024 2023

Fixtures and fittings  £m  £m

Cost as at 1 July

1.2 0.4

Addition - -

Cost as at 30 June 1.2 1.2

Accumulated Depreciation as at 1 July (0.8) (0.7)

Charge for the year (0.1) (0.1)

Accumulated depreciation as at 30 June (0.9) (0.8)

Net Book Value 0.3 0.4

![]()

114

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

#### continued

8. Share Capital

2024 2023

£m £m

Authorised:

200,000,000 ordinary shares of 50p  100.0  100.0

Issued and fully paid:

137,557,079 (2022: 137,557,079) ordinary shares of 50p

68.8 68.8

During the year no shares were issued or bought back (2023: nil).

The Company has previously received clearance from the London Stock Exchange to list a maximum of 1,200,000 shares necessary to meet

its obligations to employees under the terms of the employee share save (SAYE) scheme. As at 30 June 2024 924,123 shares remained

available for listing (2023: 924,123).

9. Related Party Transactions

The company has wholly owned subsidiaries as referred to in Note 4.  Dr L S Polonsky is regarded as the controlling shareholder of the Group,

as defined by the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority.

During the year fees totalling £0.3m (2023: £0.3m) were paid to Non-executive Directors.

The aggregate remuneration paid to key management of the Company for the year ended 30 June was as follows:

2024 2023

£m £m

Salaries, wages and bonuses 1.7 1.8

10. Equity Settled Share-based Payments

10.1 SAYE Programme

Shareholders have approved a Save as You Earn (“SAYE”) share save program for employees. The scheme is a standard SAYE plan, approved

by the Revenue Authorities in the Isle of Man and is available to eligible employees. Under the terms of the scheme, individuals can invest

up to £500 per month for a three or five-year period to purchase shares at a price not less than 80% of the market price on the date of the

invitation to participate.

The scheme can be operated annually, with the option price and awards criteria normally being established in February. No scheme was

issued during the years ended 30 June 2021 to 30 June 2024. The estimated fair value of the schemes and the imputed cost for the period

under review is not material to these financial statements.

Details are available in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements

10.2 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust

An Employee Benefit Trust was established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as an incentive on a deferred basis.

Shares awarded under the scheme are purchased by the Trust in the open market and held until vesting. Awards made under the scheme

would normally vest after three years. The shares are granted at fair value which is based on the market value of the shares on that date.

2024 2023

Share Awards  No. of Shares  No. of Shares

Outstanding at start of period  601,684  -

Granted  463,823  631,446

Forfeited  (64,608)  (29,762)

Vested  (74,899)  -

Outstanding at end of period  926,000  601,684

The Trust has been funded by way of a loan and as 30 June 2024 the outstanding balance on the loan was £554,000 (30 June 2023: £223,000).

As at 30 June 2024 the Trust held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000). 74,899 shares vested during the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: none)

and have not yet been transferred.

![]()

115

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

INFORMATIONINFORMATION

2024 2023

Shares Held by the Trust  No. of Shares  No. of Shares

Outstanding at start of period  557,000  12,000

Granted  700,000  545,000

Forfeited  -  -

Transferred following vesting  -  -

Outstanding at end of period  1,257,000  557,000

During the period the expense arising from share-based payment transactions was £0.1m (2023: £0.05m).

11. Events After the Reporting Period

This report for the year ended 30 June 2024 was approved for issue on 25 September 2024. No material events have occurred between the

reporting date and the issue date that require disclosure under IAS 10.

### Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements

#### continued

![]()

116

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Other Information

#### Risk Based Solvency Capital

A) Risk Based Solvency Capital Position

The Group is subject to the Isle of Man Insurance (Group Supervision) Regulations 2019.

It has adopted the default consolidated accounts method (“Method 1”) to calculate the Group Solvency Capital Requirement (“SCR”) and

Own Funds as required by these regulations. The solvency position as 30 June 2024 has been reported below on this basis.

The Group shareholder Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30 June 2024 was £39.4m (30 June 2023: £44.6m), before allowing for payment of

the 2024 final ordinary dividend.

All Risk Based Solvency and related data presented in this section is subject to change prior to submission to regulatory authorities.

Group Risk Based Solvency capital position      30 June 2024  30 June 2024

Total Total

£m £m

Own Funds     119.6 124.9

Solvency Capital Requirement     80.2 80.3

Free assets     39.4  44.6

Solvency ratio (%)     149%  156%

All Own Funds are considered Tier 1 capital.

The following compares Own Funds as at 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023:

30 June 2024  30 June 2024

Own Funds  Own Funds

£m £m

Value of In-Force     110.8 124.4

Risk Margin      (12.6)  (24.9)

Net Worth      21.0 25.4

Total   119.6 124.9

B) Analysis of Movement in Group Solvency Surplus

A summary of the movement in Group Solvency Surplus from £44.6m at 30 June 2023 to £39.4m at 30 June 2024 is set out in the table below.

£m

Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30 June 2023      44.6

Operating experience      (5.5)

Investment performance      5.3

Changes in assumptions      0.9

Impact of dividends paid      (5.5)

Foreign exchange      (0.4)

Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30 June 2024      39.4

![]()

117

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

INFORMATIONINFORMATION

The movement in Group Risk Based Solvency surplus the 2024 financial year was the result of dividends paid, operating experience

and negative exchange rate movements, offset by changes in assumptions and positive investment market performance. The change in

assumptions captures the impact of the recent change to the Risk Margin calculation methodology implemented by the IOMFSA.

New business written had a negative £4.4m impact on solvency surplus for the period.

C) Analysis of Group Solvency Capital Requirement

The analysis of the Group’s Solvency Capital Requirement (“SCR”) by risk type is as follows:

Split of the Groups Solvency Capital Requirement\*    30 June  30 June

2024  2023

Risks

% of SCR  % of SCR

Market

Equity 46%  44%

Currency    12%  14%

Insurance

Lapse    48%  50%

Expense    19%  17%

Default    2%  2%

Operational 19%  18%

\* Figures are the capital requirements prior to diversification benefits expressed as a percentage of the final diversified SCR.

D) Reconciliation of IFRS Equity to Group Risk Based Solvency Shareholder Own Funds

30 June  30 June

2024 2023

£m £m

IFRS shareholders’ equity    20.4 21.8

Elimination of DOC    (112.1)  (117.8)

Elimination of DIR    140.2 144.8

Value of In-Force    110.8 124.4

Liability valuation differences\*    (3.4)  (3.5)

Impact of risk margin    (12.6)  (24.9)

Other\*\* (24.1)  (19.9)

Risk Based Solvency Shareholder Own Funds    119.6 124.9

\* Liability valuation differences relate to additional provisions made for risk-based capital purposes, notably for contingent liabilities.

\*\* Other is related to Intangible Assets not recognised on the solvency balance sheet.

E) Sensitivty Analysis

The sensitivity of the Own Funds of the Group and of the Group’s life insurance subsidiaries to significant changes in market conditions is

as follows:

30 June  30 June

2024 2023

Group Group

£m £m

Own Funds    119.6 124.9

Impact of:

10% instantaneous fall in equity markets    (8.3)  (8.6)

100 basis points decrease in interest rates    (0.4)  (0.8)

10% increase in expenses    (7.2)  (7.4)

1% increase in expense inflation    (4.6)  (5.3)

10% strengthening of sterling    (9.6)  (11.5)

### Other Information

![]()

118

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

![]()

119

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

### Glossary

Annualised Premium Equivalent (“APE”)

An industry measure of insurance new business sales. It is

calculated as the sum of regular premiums and 10% of single

premiums written in the year.

Assets Under Administration (“AUA”)

A measure of the total assets that the Group administers on behalf

of contract holders, who have selected an external third party

investment manager.

Compensation Credit (“CC”)

The Group’s prime indicator of calculating new business

production, weighted where appropriate. This indicates the relative

value of each piece of new business and is used, therefore, in the

calculation of commission payable.

Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”)

The UK Corporate Governance Code sets out guidance in the

form of principles and provisions on how companies should be

directed and controlled to follow good governance practice. The

Financial Reporting Council requires companies listed in the UK

to disclose how they have applied principles of the Code and

whether they have complied with its provisions throughout the

accounting year. Where the provisions have not been complied

with, companies must provide an explanation for this.

Covered Business

The in-force business of the Group, including all contracts issued

by the Group’s life insurance subsidiaries and subsidiaries

providing administration, distribution and other services, as at the

valuation date. It excludes the value of any future new business

that the Group may write after the valuation date.

Deferred Origination Costs (“DOC”)

The method of accounting whereby origination costs of long-

term business are deferred in the balance sheet as an asset

and amortised over the life of those contracts. This leads to a

smoothed recognition of up front expenses instead of the full cost

in the year of sale.

Deferred Income (“DIR”)

The method of accounting whereby front end fees that relate

to services to be provided in future periods are deferred in the

balance sheet as a liability and amortised over the life of those

contracts. This leads to a smoothed recognition of up front income

instead of the full income in the year of sale.

Discounting

The reduction to present value at a given date of a future cash

transaction at an assumed rate, using a discount factor reflecting

the time value of money.

Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)

EPS is a commonly used financial metric which can be used to

measure the profitability and strength of a company over time.

EPS is calculated by dividing profit by the number of ordinary

shares. Basic EPS uses the weighted average number of ordinary

shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS adjusts the

weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding to

assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, for

example share awards and share options awarded to employees.

Economic Assumptions

Assumptions in relation to future interest rates, investment returns,

inflation and tax.

Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Programme.

The Framework of governance, risk management and internal

control arrangements implemented by the Group to promote

identification, monitoring and management of existing and

emerging risks.

Group

Hansard Global plc and its subsidiaries.

Growth Investment Spend

Costs we incur investing in the future of our business, including

technology to support our growth.

Independent Financial Advisors (“IFAs”)

A person or organisation authorised to give advice on financial

matters and to sell the products of financial service providers.

Outside the UK IFAs may be referred to by other names.

In-force

Long-term business which has been written before the period end

and which has not terminated before the period end.

International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)

International Financial Reporting Standards are accounting

standards issued by the International Accounting Standards

Board (“IASB”). The Group’s consolidated financial statements

are required to be prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted

by the United Kingdom to allow comparable reporting between

companies.

IFRS Equity Per Share

Total IFRS equity divided by the diluted number of issued shares

at the end of the period.

INFORMATIONINFORMATION

![]()

120

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Key Performance Indicators (“KPI”)

This is one of a number of measures by reference to which the

development, performance or position of the business can be

measured effectively.

Maintenance Expenses

Expenses related to the servicing of the in-force book of business

(including investment and termination expenses and a share of

overheads).

Net Worth

The market value of the shareholders’ funds, determined on an

IFRS basis, adjusted to exclude certain assets such as the deferred

origination costs and liabilities such as deferred income and to

add back any non-admissible assets. This has been adjusted for

statutory reserves on the “Own Funds” basis.

New Business Contribution (“NBC”)

The expected present value of all future cash flows attributable to

shareholders from new business. NBC is calculated after the effect

of any frictional costs. Unless otherwise stated, it is also quoted

net of tax. It is calculated at point of sale. NBC is shown after

allowing for the cost of required capital, calculated on the same

basis as in-force business.

New Business Margin (“NBM”)

NBC expressed as a percentage of PVNBP. This measures whether

new business written is adding value or eroding value. It is a

measure of profitability (not profit), comparing the expected profit

(or losses) with the value of expected premiums.

New Business Strain (“NBS”)

Costs involved in acquiring new business (such as commission

payments to intermediaries, expenses and reserves) affecting the

insurance company’s financial position at that point and where all

of the income from that new business (including premiums and

investment income) has not yet been received and will not be

received until a point in the future. To begin with, therefore, a strain

may be created where cash outflows exceed inflows.

Origination Costs

Expenses related to the procurement and processing of new

business written including a share of overheads. Sometimes known

as acquisition costs.

Own Funds

Those funds as defined under Solvency II, comprising Basic Own

Funds and Ancillary Own Funds. Basic Own Funds consist of

the excess of assets over liabilities as valued in accordance with

Solvency II rules. Ancillary Own Funds consist of items other than

Basic Own Funds which can be called up to absorb losses such as

unpaid share capital or letters of credit and guarantees. The Group

does not have any such Ancillary Own Funds.

Present Value of New Business Premiums (“PVNBP”)

The industry measure of insurance new business sales under the

European Embedded Value methodology. It is calculated as 100%

of single premiums plus the expected present value of new regular

premiums.

Regular Premium

A regular premium contract (as opposed to a single premium

contract), is one where the contract holder agrees at inception to

make regular payments throughout the term of the contract.

Risk Based Solvency

Solvency calculated according to the Isle of Man Insurance

(Long-term business Valuation and Solvency) Regulations 2021. A

solvency regime designed to be capable of a positive Solvency II

equivalence assessment.

Risk Discount Rate

The present value of a future cash amount depends on its currency

and the time until it will become available. The present value

is determined using a discount rate that reflects currency and

timing. Discount rates are set based on swap rates for the relevant

currency determined at year-long intervals for amounts in GBP,

EUR, USD and JPY up to year 30, and the year 30 rate thereafter.

This covers over 95% of the future expected cash amounts by

funds under management: other currencies are assumed to be

subject to the GBP rate. Year 1 rates are used to unwind the

existing business and are shown separately in the disclosures.

Single Premium

A single premium contract (as opposed to a regular premium

contract (see above)), involves the payment of one premium

at inception with no obligation for the contract holder to make

subsequent additional payments.

Solvency II

The EU-wide regulatory regime which aims to more closely align

solvency capital to an insurer’s risk profile. It came into force on 1

January 2016.

Unit-linked Policy

A policy where the benefits are determined by reference to the

investment performance of a specified pool of assets referred to as

the unit-linked fund.

Value of In-Force (“VIF”)

The present value of expected future shareholder profits less the

present value cost of holding capital required to support the in-

force business.

### Glossary

![]()

121

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Financial Calendar for the financial year ending 30 June 2025

Annual General Meeting  13 November 2024

Payment date for final dividend  14 November 2024

Publication of half-yearly results  6 March 2025

Declaration of interim dividend  6 March 2025

Ex-dividend date for interim dividend  13 March 2025

Record date for interim dividend  14 March 2025

Payment of interim dividend  24 April 2025

Announcement of results for the year ended 30 June 2024  25 September 2025

Declaration of final dividend  25 September 2025

Ex-dividend date for final dividend  2 October 2025

Record date for final dividend  3 October 2025

Annual General Meeting  5 November 2025

Payment date for final dividend  13 November 2025

### Financial Calendar

INFORMATIONINFORMATION

![]()

122

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

Registered Office

55 Athol Street

Douglas

Isle of Man

IM99 1QL

Tel: +44 (0)1624 688000

Fax: +44 (0)1624 688008

www.hansard.com

President

Dr Leonard S Polonsky, CBE

Leonard.Polonsky@hansard.com

Non-executive chair

Philip Kay

Philip.Kay@hansard.com

Financial Advisor

Rothschild & Co.

New Court

St. Swithin’s Lane

London

EC4N 8AL

Tel: +44 (0)20 780 1966

Independent Auditor

KPMG Audit LLC

Heritage Court

41 Athol Street

Douglas

Isle of Man

IM1 1LA

Tel: +44 (0)1624 681000

Media Enquiries

Camarco

107 Cheapside

London

EC2V 6DN

Tel: +44 (0)20 3757 4980

Broker

Panmure Gordon (UK) Limited

Ropemaker Place, Level 12

25 Ropemaker Street

London

EC2Y 9LY

Tel. +44 (0)20 7886 2500

Registrar

Link Market Services (Isle of Man) Limited

PO Box 227

Peveril Buildings

Peveril Square

Douglas

Isle of Man

IM99 1RZ

Tel (UK): 0871 664 0300\*

Tel: +44 (0)20 8639 3399

UK Transfer Agent

Link Market Services Trustees Limited

The Registry

34 Beckenham Road

Beckenham

Kent

BR3 4TU

Tel (UK): 0871 664 0300\*

Tel: +44 (0)20 8639 3399

### Contacts and Advisors

\*NB: 0871 Number – calls cost 12p per minute plus network extras. If you are outside the United Kingdom, please call +44 371 664 0300.

Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. The helpline is open between 9.00 am – 5.30 pm,

Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.

![]()

123

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

INFORMATION

![]()

124

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

![]()

125

Hansard Global plc Report and Accounts 2024

![]()

![]()

![]()

hansard.com

#### Hansard Global plc

#### 55 Athol Street

#### DouglasIsle of ManIM99 1QLBritish Isles

#### Tel: +44 (0)1624 688000

#### hansard.com